[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025118184A1 - Communication method, apparatus, and device, chip, storage medium, product, and program - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus, and device, chip, storage medium, product, and program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025118184A1
WO2025118184A1 PCT/CN2023/136776 CN2023136776W WO2025118184A1 WO 2025118184 A1 WO2025118184 A1 WO 2025118184A1 CN 2023136776 W CN2023136776 W CN 2023136776W WO 2025118184 A1 WO2025118184 A1 WO 2025118184A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink
signal
cell
channel
uplink
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2023/136776
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Original Assignee
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd filed Critical Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2023/136776 priority Critical patent/WO2025118184A1/en
Publication of WO2025118184A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025118184A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a communication method, device, equipment, chip, storage medium, product and program.
  • the network equipment may not send downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell, and the terminal equipment may not receive downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell.
  • the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell to achieve specific requirements.
  • the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on the timing reference cell to obtain timing synchronization. Based on this, how to let the network equipment know that the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a communication method, apparatus, device, chip, storage medium, product and program.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising:
  • first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;
  • a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising:
  • a first uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.
  • the present application provides a communication device, applied to a terminal device, the device comprising:
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;
  • the first sending unit is configured to send a first uplink channel or signal through a target uplink resource in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.
  • the present application provides a communication device, applied to a network device, the device comprising:
  • a second sending unit is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;
  • the processing unit is configured to detect a first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer executable instructions
  • the processor is connected to the memory, and is used to implement the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect by executing the computer executable instructions.
  • the present application provides a chip for implementing the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect mentioned above.
  • the chip includes: a processor, which is used to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect mentioned above.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, which implements the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect when executed by at least one processor.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium storing a computer program, the computer program including instructions that can be executed by at least one processor, and when the instructions are executed by at least one processor, the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect mentioned above is implemented.
  • the present application provides a computer program which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication method, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to learn that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.
  • FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture 1;
  • FIG1B is a second schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system
  • FIG1C is a third schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system
  • FIG2 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of transmitting downlink channels or signals on multiple downlink cells provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 400 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • first ⁇ second ⁇ third involved in the embodiments of the present application are only used to distinguish similar objects and do not represent a specific ordering of the objects. It can be understood that “first ⁇ second ⁇ third” can be interchanged in a specific order or sequence where permitted, so that the embodiments of the present application described here can be implemented in an order other than that illustrated or described here.
  • the term "and/or" in the embodiments of the present application is only a description of the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships.
  • a and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
  • association may indicate a direct or indirect association between the two, or a corresponding relationship between the two, or a relationship of indication and being indicated, configuration and being configured, etc.
  • predefined can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in a device (for example, a terminal device), and the present application does not limit its specific implementation method.
  • predefined may refer to a definition in a protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the field of communications, such as the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol, the New Radio (NR) protocol, and related protocols used in future communication systems, and the present application does not limit this.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • NB-IoT Narrow Band Internet of Things
  • eMTC Enhanced Machine-Type Communications
  • 5G communication system also called NR communication system
  • future communication system such as 6G communication system
  • the terminal device can be a device that provides voice/data to the user, for example, a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • some examples of terminals are: access terminal, user equipment (User Equipment, UE), mobile phone (Mobile Phone), tablet computer, laptop computer, PDA, mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminal in industrial control (Industrial Control), wireless terminal in self-driving (Self Driving), wireless terminal in remote medical surgery (Remote Medical Surgery), wireless terminal in smart grid (Smart Grid), transportation safety (Transportation Safety) and so on.
  • the present invention also includes wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile communication networks (PLMN), etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistants
  • handheld devices with wireless communication functions computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems
  • wearable devices wearable devices
  • terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile communication networks (PLMN), etc.
  • PLMN public land mobile communication networks
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that use wearable technology to intelligently design and develop wearable devices for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also powerful functions achieved through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and independent of smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device can also be a terminal device in an IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing an intelligent network that interconnects people and machines and things.
  • the terminal device and the network device can communicate with each other using a certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology, etc.).
  • the terminal devices can also communicate with each other using a certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology, etc.).
  • the device for implementing the function of the terminal device can be the terminal device, or it can be a device that can support the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system or a chip, which can be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the network device may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a next generation radio access network (Next Generation Radio Access Network, NG RAN) device, or a base station (gNB) in an NR system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, or a network device in a future evolved PLMN, etc.
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB in an LTE system
  • NG RAN next generation Radio Access Network
  • gNB base station
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • the communication system scenarios may include terrestrial communication networks (TN) and non-terrestrial communication networks (NTN).
  • TN generally uses satellite communication to provide communication services to ground users.
  • NTN systems may include NR-NTN systems and IoT-NTN systems, and may also include other systems, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system.
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 110 and a terminal device 120, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with the terminal device 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal device).
  • the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and may communicate with a terminal device (such as the terminal device 120) located in the coverage area.
  • Figure 1A shows a network device and two terminal devices. It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the communication system 100 may also include multiple network devices, and the coverage range of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • FIG1B is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system.
  • the communication system 1100 may include a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may communicate wirelessly.
  • the network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as an NTN.
  • the satellite 1102 may have the function of a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may communicate directly.
  • the satellite 1102 may be Called a network device.
  • Figure 1B shows a terminal device and a satellite. It can be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the communication system 1100 may also include multiple satellites, and the coverage area of each satellite may include other numbers of terminal devices. This embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • FIG1C is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system.
  • the communication system 1200 may include a terminal device 1201, a satellite 1202, and a base station 1203. Wireless communication may be performed between the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202, and communication may be performed between the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203.
  • the network formed between the terminal device 1201, the satellite 1202, and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as an NTN.
  • the satellite 1202 may not have the function of a base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed by the satellite 1202.
  • the base station 1203 may be referred to as a network device.
  • Figure 1C shows a terminal device, a satellite and a base station. It can be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the communication system 1200 may also include multiple network devices, and the coverage area of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices and satellites. This embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • Distributed MIMO Distributed Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
  • Massive MIMO also known as massive antenna matrix system
  • Distributed MIMO and/or Massive MIMO can also support Cell-Free or UE-Centric networking scenarios. It is understandable that the above scenarios are also applicable to TN and/or NTN.
  • Network Energy Saving is of great significance to environmental sustainability, reducing environmental impact (such as reducing greenhouse gas emissions), and saving operating costs.
  • 5G becomes more popular in various industries and geographical areas, it is necessary to support very high data transmission rates to handle more advanced services and applications (such as Extended Reality (XR)), and network deployment becomes denser, using more antennas, larger bandwidths, and more frequency bands.
  • XR Extended Reality
  • the power consumption of a wireless access can be divided into two parts: the dynamic part can include the power consumption when data is being sent or received; the static part can include the power consumption required to maintain the necessary operation of the wireless access equipment at all times, including the power consumption when no data is being sent or received.
  • the power consumption model on the terminal device side that has been defined can be used as a reference.
  • the research should focus on how to achieve more efficient dynamic operation and/or semi-static operation, and consider one or more network energy-saving technologies applied in the time domain, frequency domain, spatial domain, and power domain, combined with potential terminal device feedback support, potential terminal device auxiliary information, and information exchange or coordination between network interfaces to achieve more fine-grained data transmission and/or reception adaptation.
  • this study not only evaluates potential network energy-saving gains, but also needs to evaluate and balance the impact on network and user performance by observing KPIs such as spectrum efficiency, capacity, user perceived throughput (UPT), latency, terminal equipment power consumption (UE Power Consumption), complexity, switching performance, call drop rate (Call Drop Rate), initial access performance, and service level agreement (SLA).
  • KPIs such as spectrum efficiency, capacity, user perceived throughput (UPT), latency, terminal equipment power consumption (UE Power Consumption), complexity, switching performance, call drop rate (Call Drop Rate), initial access performance, and service level agreement (SLA).
  • the initial access process of the terminal device can be completed by detecting the synchronization signal block (Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block, SSB or SS/PBCH Block) on the synchronization grid (Sync Raster).
  • the terminal device can try to search for SSB by pre-defining the possible time and frequency positions of SSB, and obtain time and frequency synchronization, radio frame timing and cell ID through the detected SSB.
  • the network device can configure multiple service cells for the terminal device according to the capabilities of the terminal device to increase the peak rate of data transmission of the terminal device.
  • Multiple service cells of the terminal device can serve the terminal device in the form of carrier aggregation (CA) or dual connectivity (DC).
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • multiple service cells of the terminal device can belong to the same timing advance group (TAG) or different TAGs.
  • TAG timing advance group
  • TA timing advance value
  • TA timing advance value
  • analog beamforming technology is supported, that is, network equipment uses beams corresponding to different directions at different times to cover different areas in the cell.
  • the terminal device needs to measure a set of candidate beams and select the beam that meets a certain threshold as the communication transmission beam.
  • the terminal device will actively look for a new beam with good link quality and notify the network, so as to re-establish a high-quality and reliable communication link through the new beam.
  • network equipment may not send downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell, and terminal equipment may not receive downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell.
  • terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell to meet specific requirements. Therefore, how to let the network equipment know that the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • a timing reference cell so that the terminal device can receive a reference signal (such as SSB) on the timing reference cell to update the TA value of the uplink cell associated with the TAG, thereby achieving timing synchronization.
  • the terminal device needs to measure the reference signal (such as SSB) on the cell to determine a suitable beam as a beam for communication transmission.
  • the network device there is currently no solution for how to make the network device aware of the need for the terminal device to receive a reference signal on the timing reference cell to achieve timing synchronization, so that the reference signal can be sent on the corresponding timing reference cell.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, and the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to know that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.
  • the network device can configure a first uplink resource for the terminal device, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the timing reference cell through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can update the TA value through the SSB sent by the network device, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance.
  • SSB i.e., a first downlink channel or signal
  • the network device can configure a first uplink resource for the terminal device, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the first downlink cell through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to ensure that the selected beam direction can guarantee the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.
  • SSB i.e., a first downlink channel or signal
  • FIG2 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG2 , the method may include the following steps.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set.
  • the terminal device can receive the first configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the first uplink resource may be an uplink resource configured in an uplink cell.
  • the uplink cell may be a secondary cell; or the uplink cell may be a primary cell.
  • the first uplink resource can be one uplink resource or multiple uplink resources; the first uplink resource set included in the first uplink resource can be one uplink resource or multiple uplink resources, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first uplink resource set can be an uplink resource in the first uplink resource, or multiple uplink resources in the first uplink resource (not all uplink resources), or all uplink resources in the first uplink resource, which is not limited to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first uplink resource may include one or more uplink resources configured in a periodicity, and the period corresponding to the first uplink resource may be recorded as a first period.
  • the first uplink resource may include one or more uplink resources in a first period configured in a periodicity.
  • the first uplink resource set may include one or more uplink resources configured periodically, and the period corresponding to the first uplink resource set may be recorded as the first period.
  • the first uplink resource set may include one or more uplink resources in the first period configured periodically.
  • any two uplink resources among the multiple uplink resources in the first uplink resource set are different in one or more dimensions of the time domain, the frequency domain, and the code domain.
  • the terminal device sends a first uplink channel or signal to the network device through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.
  • the target uplink resource can be an uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, or multiple uplink resources (not all uplink resources) in the first uplink resource set, or all uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the multiple uplink resources in the target uplink resource are used to repeatedly send the first uplink channel or signal.
  • the terminal device can use multiple uplink resources in the target uplink resource to repeatedly send the first uplink channel or signal. In this way, the probability of subsequent network devices detecting the first uplink channel or signal can be increased, thereby improving the accuracy of blind detection.
  • the type of the first uplink channel or signal may be predefined, configured by a network device, or set in other ways, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first uplink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH), Message A (MsgA), Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), and Configured Grant Physical Uplink Shared Channel (CG-PUSCH).
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • MsgA Message A
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • CG-PUSCH Configured Grant Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • MsgA can include PRACH and PUSCH.
  • MsgA may include PRACH and PUSCH in a two-step random access procedure.
  • the type of the first downlink channel or signal may be predefined, configured by a network device, or set in other ways, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first downlink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: SSB, Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS), Tracking Reference Signal (TRS), Positioning Reference Signal (PRS), and system message.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
  • TRS Tracking Reference Signal
  • PRS Positioning Reference Signal
  • the CSI-RS may include a CSI-RS for CSI acquisition and/or a CSI-RS for beam management (BM).
  • BM beam management
  • the system message may include one or more of the following: System Information Block (SIB) 1, other system messages except Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS)/Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS) messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8), and ETWS/CMAS messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8).
  • SIB System Information Block
  • ETWS Tsunami Warning System
  • CMAS Commercial Mobile Alert Service
  • the first downlink channel or signal when the first downlink channel or signal includes a system message, includes one or more of the following: a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for scheduling the system message and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) carrying the system message.
  • a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for scheduling the system message
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the first uplink resource set is associated with the first downlink cell; and/or the first uplink resource set is associated with a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.
  • association manner between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell may include one or more of the following two possible implementation manners.
  • the first uplink resource set is associated with the first downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information includes an identifier of the first downlink cell; and/or the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.
  • the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding resource waste.
  • the first uplink resource set is associated with a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.
  • the first configuration information includes an identifier of the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.
  • the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.
  • the first configuration information may be used to determine one of the following information: One or more of: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.
  • the first uplink resource set can be associated with the first downlink cell. Since the subsequent network device needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the first uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set can be turned on, while other uplink cells without service requirements can be turned off, thereby saving power and avoiding resource waste.
  • blind detection processing such as detecting the first uplink channel or signal
  • a quasi co-location (QCL) reference of a first downlink channel or signal is determined based on a second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell.
  • QCL quasi co-location
  • the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell.
  • the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, and the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.
  • the second downlink cell is a primary cell.
  • the QCL reference of other downlink channels or signals (such as the first downlink channel or signal, and the third downlink channel or signal described below) can be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal on the second downlink cell.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may be a downlink channel or signal that the terminal device has received on the second downlink cell, or may be a downlink channel or signal that the terminal device is configured on the second downlink cell.
  • the cell group can be a cell group configured by the network device, or it can be a TAG configured by the network device, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, the second downlink cell may be the same as the first downlink cell, or may be different from the first downlink cell, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information may include SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the first TCI state configuration information may be configured.
  • the first TCI state configuration information may be configured by the first configuration information (such as the first configuration information includes the first TCI state configuration information), or may be configured by other configuration information, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI state identifiers; or, the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI states.
  • the first configuration information may include first TCI state configuration information; or, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the second downlink cell.
  • the SSB on the second downlink cell may be configured or determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.
  • the SSB on the second downlink cell may be configured by the first configuration information (eg, the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell), or may be configured by other configuration information, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the SSB on the second downlink cell may be unconfigured, in which case the SSB on the second downlink cell may be determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information can be used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell can be determined based on the system message of the second downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can first determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal based on the second downlink channel or signal, and then determine the target uplink resource based on the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal, so that it can request the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell according to the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal.
  • QCL means that the large-scale parameters of the channel experienced by the symbol on a certain antenna port can be inferred from the channel experienced by the symbol on another antenna port.
  • the large-scale parameters may include delay spread, average Delay, Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average gain and spatial reception parameters, etc.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may correspond to one or two of the above-mentioned QCL types.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be predefined, or may be configured by the first configuration information (such as the first configuration information is used to configure the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal), or may be configured by other configuration information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is predefined.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal may be predefined as 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is configured by the network device.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal to be 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is configured by the first TCI state configuration information.
  • a TCI state may include information of a QCL reference.
  • a TCI state may be associated with a TCI state ID.
  • Each TCI state may include one or two downlink channels or signals, serving as one or two types of reference sources, respectively.
  • a TCI state ID may be used to identify a TCI state.
  • TCI state may include QCL reference information 1 and QCL reference information 2.
  • QCL reference information may include the following information:
  • the QCL type configuration can be one of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, QCL-TypC, and QCL-TypeD;
  • the configuration of the downlink channel or signal includes the cell ID where the downlink channel or signal is located, the bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) ID, and the index associated with the downlink channel or signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or SSB index).
  • the QCL type of one QCL reference information may be one of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypC, and the QCL type of the other QCL reference information (if configured) may be QCL-TypeD.
  • the QCL type associated with the QCL reference information 1 may be one of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC. If the QCL reference information 2 is configured, the QCL type associated with the QCL reference information 2 is QCL-TypeD.
  • Table 1 gives an example of a TCI state including information of a QCL reference.
  • Table 1 four TCI states are configured on the second downlink cell, and each TCI state may include a second downlink channel or signal.
  • Table 2 gives an example of a TCI state including information of two QCL references.
  • Table 2 four TCI states are configured on the second downlink cell, and each TCI state includes two second downlink channels or signals.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following:
  • the first mapping relationship can be predefined, can be configured by the network device (such as the network device configures the first mapping relationship through the first configuration information), or can be set by other means, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the second mapping relationship can be predefined, or it can be configured by the network device (such as the network device configures the second mapping relationship through the first configuration information), or it can be set by other means, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the third mapping relationship can be predefined, or it can be configured by the network device (such as the network device configures the third mapping relationship through the first configuration information), or it can be set by other means, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
  • the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more SSBs, and the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more SSBs and the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
  • the first downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information, and the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
  • the second mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
  • the third mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.
  • a method for determining a QCL reference of a first downlink channel or signal may include one or more of the following possible implementation methods.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a first mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship.
  • the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set include target uplink resources.
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal associated with uplink resource 1 in the first uplink resource set is 1.
  • the terminal device selects uplink resource 1 as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal, thereby requesting the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal with the associated index of 1 on the first downlink cell. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal with the associated index of 1 on the first downlink cell.
  • the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a second mapping relationship between an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.
  • the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource.
  • the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set include target uplink resources.
  • the first downlink channel or The QCL reference of the signal is an index associated with the SSB on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource. That is, the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the SSB on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource.
  • the SSB on the second downlink cell includes SSB 0 and SSB 1
  • the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1
  • SSB 1 is associated with uplink resource 1.
  • the terminal device wants to request that the first downlink channel or signal sent by the network device on the first downlink cell have a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.
  • the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource.
  • the first TCI state configuration information includes TCI state 0 and TCI state 1
  • the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1
  • TCI state 1 is associated with uplink resource 1.
  • the first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 configured by the first TCI state configuration information, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 on the first downlink cell.
  • the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship.
  • the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the SSB on the second downlink cell determined based on the third mapping relationship.
  • the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the SSB on the second downlink cell determined based on the third mapping relationship.
  • the obtained SSB on the second downlink cell is SSB 1.
  • the terminal device can send a first uplink channel or signal, thereby requesting the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell to have a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal, the network device can send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information determined based on the third mapping relationship.
  • the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the first TCI state configuration information determined based on the third mapping relationship.
  • the obtained first TCI state configuration information is TCI state 1.
  • the terminal device can send a first uplink channel or signal, thereby requesting the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell to have a QCL relationship with TCI state 1.
  • the network device can send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1.
  • the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information can indirectly determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the first configuration information may configure one or more of the following: a first mapping relationship between an index associated with a first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set; a first mapping relationship between an index associated with a second downlink channel or signal and a first uplink resource set; A second mapping relationship between one or more uplink resources in the resource set; and a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal can be determined based on one or more of the first mapping relationship, the second mapping relationship, and the third mapping relationship.
  • the first configuration information may configure the first uplink resource set to be associated with the first downlink cell.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is all candidate QCL references.
  • the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 0, SSB1, SSB 2, and SSB 3 on the second downlink cell, respectively.
  • the first configuration information can directly determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information configures the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal to be SSB 1 on the second downlink cell; when the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal having a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell on the first downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information configures the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal to be the TCI state configured by the first TCI state configuration information; when the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell according to the TCI state configured by the first TCI state configuration information.
  • the first configuration information configures the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal to be the SSB on the second downlink cell.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal having a QCL relationship with the SSB in the SSB set on the second downlink cell on the first downlink cell.
  • the SSB set on the second downlink cell is configured by the network device or determined based on the system message of the second downlink cell.
  • the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the first configuration information may not be required to configure the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be preset to the SSB on the first downlink cell.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with the SSB in the SSB set on the first downlink cell.
  • the SSB set on the first downlink cell can be determined based on the system message of the first downlink cell.
  • the indexes associated with the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.
  • the first mapping relationship is: the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; within an association period, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is sorted from small to large.
  • one association period includes an integer number of first periods, and the first period is a period of the first uplink resource set.
  • the length of an association period may be predefined, configured by a network device, or set in other ways, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in ascending order of the index.
  • the first downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs.
  • the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in ascending order of index.
  • the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; or, the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal when the indexes associated with the first downlink channel or signal are sorted from small to large, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource can be quickly obtained.
  • the indexes associated with the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.
  • the second mapping relationship is: the mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set within an association period; within an association period, the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal is sorted from small to large.
  • the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal is sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in ascending order of the index.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs.
  • the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large.
  • the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; or, the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information.
  • the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large.
  • the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information is mapped to the valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; or, the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information is mapped to the uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.
  • the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal when the indexes associated with the second downlink channel or signal are sorted from small to large, the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource can be quickly obtained.
  • the order of one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set includes one or more of the following:
  • one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set are sorted as follows: if there are multiple code domain resources in one uplink transmission opportunity, they are sorted in the code domain from small to large according to the index; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted in the frequency domain from small to large according to the index; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the time domain in a first period, they are sorted in the time domain from small to large according to the index; if there are multiple first periods in an associated period, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index of the first period.
  • the one or more PRACH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the PRACH sequence index on a RO (PRACH transmission opportunity); if there are multiple ROs in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted from small to large according to the index on the frequency domain; if there are multiple ROs in the time domain within the PRACH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), they are sorted from small to large according to the index on the time domain; if there are multiple PRACH resource configuration periods within an associated period, they are sorted from small to large according to the index of the PRACH resource configuration period.
  • the PRACH resource configuration period i.e., the first period
  • the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUCCH resources, and the one or more PUCCH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the PUCCH sequence index in a PUCCH transmission opportunity; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, sorted from small to large according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the time domain within the PUCCH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), sorted from small to large according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple PUCCH resource configuration periods within an associated period, sorted from small to large according to the index of the PUCCH resource configuration period.
  • the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUSCH resources, and the one or more PUSCH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) resource index on a PUSCH transmission opportunity, wherein when sorting from small to large according to the DMRS resource index, when the DMRS sequence index is the same, sorted from small to large according to the DMRS antenna port number; sorted from small to large according to the DMRS sequence index; sorted from small to large according to the index in the time domain within the PUSCH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period); if there are multiple PUSCH resource configuration periods within an associated period, sorted from small to large according to the index of the PUSCH resource configuration period.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the target uplink resource associated with the index associated with the downlink channel or signal (such as the first downlink channel or signal, or the second downlink channel or signal) can be quickly obtained.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can obtain one or more of the identifier of the second downlink cell, the cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and the association between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell, so that the terminal device can determine the cell identifier of the second downlink cell, and then determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal based on the second downlink channel or signal on the second downlink cell.
  • the network device detects a first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.
  • the network device when the network device detects the first uplink channel or signal on the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the network device may send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.
  • the network device when the first downlink cell is a timing reference cell, after the network device sends SSB (i.e., the first downlink channel or signal) on the timing reference cell, it can enable subsequent terminal devices to update the TA value through SSB, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance; or, after the network device sends SSB (i.e., the first downlink channel or signal) on the first downlink cell, it can enable subsequent terminal devices to perform measurements through SSB to ensure that the selected beam direction can guarantee the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.
  • SSB i.e., the first downlink channel or signal
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource
  • the second uplink resource may include a second uplink resource set
  • the method may also include: the terminal device sends a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.
  • the first uplink resource may also include a second uplink resource set; the method may also include: the terminal device sends a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.
  • the network device may detect the second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set.
  • the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.
  • the method in which the terminal device requests the network device to send the third downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell is similar to the method in which the terminal device requests the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, and will not be repeated here.
  • the method for determining the type of the third downlink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first downlink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.
  • the method for determining the type of the second uplink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first uplink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, since the subsequent network equipment needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.
  • blind detection processing such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal
  • the method may further include: when the network device detects a second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, the network device may send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.
  • the subsequent terminal device can update the TA value through SSB, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance.
  • the subsequent terminal device can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to ensure that the selected beam direction can ensure the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.
  • the second uplink resource set is associated with the third downlink cell; and/or, the second uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.
  • association manner of the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell may include one or more of the following two possible implementation manners.
  • the second uplink resource set is associated with a third downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information may include an identifier of the third downlink cell; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.
  • the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.
  • the second uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.
  • the first configuration information may be used to determine the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.
  • the first configuration information may include an identifier of a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first The configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.
  • the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.
  • the first configuration information can be used to determine one or more of the following information: the identifier of the third downlink cell, the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and the association between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.
  • the second uplink resource set can be associated with the third downlink cell. Since the subsequent network device needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be turned on, and other uplink cells without service requirements can be turned off, thereby saving power and avoiding resource waste.
  • blind detection processing such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal
  • the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or,
  • the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal and the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal are both determined based on the second downstream channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on the second downstream channel or signal
  • the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal is determined based on the fourth downstream channel or signal.
  • the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell.
  • the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to different cell groups.
  • the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the third downlink channel or signal when sending the third downlink channel or signal.
  • the first configuration information may include second TCI state configuration information; or, when the second TCI state configuration information is not configured, the fourth downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the third downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information may be used to configure the SSB on the third downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the third downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the third downlink cell may be determined based on a system message of the third downlink cell.
  • the method for determining the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.
  • the first configuration information can be used to configure the first uplink resource on the uplink activation BWP of the first downlink cell.
  • the first uplink resource is an RO resource
  • the first configuration information can be configured to include 6 RO resources within the first period (i.e., one RO resource period), and the first configuration information can configure the PRACH sequence set available on each RO resource.
  • the first configuration information can also configure the RO resource to request the network device to send SSB on the first downlink cell and to send SSB on the third downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information can configure the identifier of the first downlink cell, the SSB set on the first downlink cell is SSB0 ⁇ SSB3, the identifier of the third downlink cell, the SSB set on the third downlink cell is SSB0 ⁇ SSB7, and an associated period includes 2 first periods.
  • the index associated with the first downlink cell is less than the index associated with the third downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can determine that within an association period, the first four RO resources are respectively associated with SSB0 to SSB3 on the first downlink cell, and the last eight RO resources are respectively associated with SSB0 to SSB7 on the third downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can obtain the TA value or perform measurements through SSB2 on the third downlink cell, but the third downlink cell has not sent the SSB2 for a period of time, the terminal device can send a PRACH sequence in the configured PRACH sequence set through the RO resource associated with SSB2 (i.e., the first RO resource in the second RO resource cycle within an association period), and after the network device detects the PRACH sequence in the PRACH sequence set through the RO resource associated with SSB2, SSB2 can be sent through the third downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can send a PRACH sequence in the configured PRACH sequence set through the RO resource associated with SSB2 (i.e., the first RO resource in the second RO resource cycle within an association period), and after the network device detects the PRACH sequence in the PRACH sequence set through the RO resource associated with SSB2, SSB2 can be sent through the third downlink cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to know that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.
  • the network device can configure the first uplink cell for the terminal device.
  • the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the timing reference cell through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can update the TA value through the SSB sent by the network device, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance.
  • SSB i.e., a first downlink channel or signal
  • the network device can configure a first uplink resource for the terminal device, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the first downlink cell through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to ensure that the selected beam direction can guarantee the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.
  • SSB i.e., a first downlink channel or signal
  • the network device in order to enable the network device to be aware of the need of the terminal device to receive SSB or other reference signals (such as CSI-RS, PRS, and TRS) on the secondary cell, the network device can configure one or more uplink resources for the terminal device so that the terminal device can request the network device to send SSB or other reference signals on the secondary cell through the one or more uplink resources.
  • SSB or other reference signals such as CSI-RS, PRS, and TRS
  • the network device can send first configuration information, which is used to configure a first uplink resource.
  • the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set.
  • the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set is used to send a first uplink channel or signal.
  • the first uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can receive first configuration information, which is used to configure a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set.
  • the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set is used to send a first uplink channel or signal, and the first uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can send a first uplink channel or signal to the network device through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set.
  • the network device After the network device detects the first uplink channel or signal on the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.
  • the type of the first uplink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: PRACH, MsgA, PUCCH, CG-PUSCH.
  • the type of the first uplink channel or signal may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • MsgA can include PRACH and PUSCH.
  • MsgA may include PRACH and PUSCH in a two-step random access procedure.
  • the type of the first downlink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, TRS, PRS, and system message.
  • the CSI-RS may include one or more of the following: a CSI-RS used for CSI acquisition and a CSI-RS used for BM.
  • the system message may include one or more of the following: SIB1, other system messages except ETWS/CMAS messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8), and ETWS/CMAS messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8).
  • the first downlink channel or signal when the first downlink channel or signal includes a system message, includes one or more of the following: a PDCCH for scheduling the system message, and a PDSCH carrying the system message.
  • the type of the first downlink channel or signal may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the first uplink resource set is associated with the first downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information includes an identifier of the first downlink cell, and/or the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.
  • the first uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.
  • the first configuration information includes an identifier of the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.
  • the first uplink resource set may include one or more uplink resources configured in a periodic manner, and the period corresponding to the first uplink resource set may be recorded as the first period.
  • the first uplink resource set includes multiple uplink resources, any two uplink resources among the multiple uplink resources are different in one or more dimensions in the time domain, the frequency domain, and the code domain.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is all candidate QCL references on the first downlink cell.
  • the first uplink channel or signal sent by the terminal device to the network device through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set is used to request the first downlink channel or signal associated with all candidate QCL references.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, where the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell.
  • the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell.
  • the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, and the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal may be determined based on one or more of the following:
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.
  • the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is predefined.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal may be predefined as 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is configured by the network device.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal to be 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship
  • the method for determining the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is described in detail through the following four examples.
  • Example 1 When the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell and the second downlink channel or signal includes the SSB on the first downlink cell, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: the index associated with the SSB on the first downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.
  • the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index of the SSB association on the first downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.
  • the SSB on the first downlink cell includes SSB 0 and SSB 1
  • the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1
  • the terminal device wants to request the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the first downlink cell, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the first downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure the SSB on the first downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can determine the SSB on the first downlink cell based on the system message of the first downlink cell.
  • Example 2 When the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell and the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the second downlink cell, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: an index associated with the SSB on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.
  • the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index of the SSB association on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.
  • the SSB on the second downlink cell includes SSB 0 and SSB 1
  • the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1
  • SSB 1 is associated with uplink resource 1.
  • the first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can The first downlink channel or signal having a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell is sent on the downlink cell.
  • the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same TAG.
  • the first downlink cell is a secondary cell of the terminal device, and the second downlink cell is a primary cell of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell.
  • the terminal device can determine the SSB on the second downlink cell based on the system message of the second downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information includes an identifier of the second downlink cell; or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.
  • Example three When the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell, and the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the first downlink cell configured with the first TCI state configuration information, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.
  • the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.
  • the second downlink channel or signal is SSB or CSI-RS.
  • the first TCI state configuration information includes TCI state 0 and TCI state 1
  • the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1
  • TCI state 1 is associated with uplink resource 1.
  • the first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 configured by the first TCI state configuration information, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 on the first downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information may include first TCI state configuration information.
  • the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI state identifiers; or the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI states.
  • the terminal device can determine that the second downlink channel or signal is the SSB on the first downlink cell.
  • Example 4 When the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell and the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured with the first TCI state configuration information, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.
  • the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.
  • the second downlink channel or signal is SSB or CSI-RS.
  • the first TCI state configuration information includes TCI state 0 and TCI state 1
  • the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1
  • TCI state 1 is associated with uplink resource 1.
  • the first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 configured by the first TCI state configuration information, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 on the first downlink cell.
  • the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same TAG.
  • the first downlink cell is a secondary cell of the terminal device, and the second downlink cell is a primary cell of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information may include first TCI state configuration information.
  • the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI state identifiers; or the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI states.
  • the terminal device when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, can determine that the second downlink channel or signal is the SSB on the first downlink cell; or, the terminal device can determine that the second downlink channel or signal is the SSB on the second downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information includes an identifier of the second downlink cell; or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.
  • the mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may include: the mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.
  • the length of the one association period is configured or predefined by the network device.
  • the one associated period includes an integer number of first periods, where the first period is a period of the first uplink resource set.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs.
  • the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are mapped with valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs.
  • the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are mapped with the uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on a second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information.
  • the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are mapped with valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on a second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information, and within an association period, starting from SFN 0, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are mapped with the uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs
  • the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more SSBs and the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be predefined or configured by the network device.
  • the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more SSBs and the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
  • the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on a second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information
  • the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be predefined or configured by a network device.
  • the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
  • the multiple uplink resources are used to repeatedly transmit a first uplink channel or signal.
  • one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set are sorted as follows: if there are multiple code domain resources in one uplink transmission opportunity, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index in the code domain; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the time domain within a first period, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple first periods within an associated period, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index of the first period.
  • the one or more PRACH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the PRACH sequence index on a RO (PRACH transmission opportunity); if there are multiple ROs in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted from small to large according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple ROs in the time domain within a PRACH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), they are sorted from small to large according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple PRACH resource configuration periods within an associated period, they are sorted from small to large according to the index of the PRACH resource configuration period.
  • a PRACH resource configuration period i.e., the first period
  • the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUCCH resources, and the one or more PUCCH resources are ordered as follows: in one PUCCH transmission opportunity, they are ordered from small to large according to the PUCCH sequence index; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are ordered from small to large according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the time domain within the PUCCH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), they are ordered from small to large according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple PUCCH resource configuration periods within an associated period, they are ordered from small to large according to the index of the PUCCH resource configuration period.
  • the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUSCH resources
  • the order of the one or more PUSCH resources is: in a PUSCH transmission opportunity, they are sorted from small to large according to the DMRS resource index, wherein when the DMRS resource index is sorted from small to large, they are sorted from small to large according to the DMRS antenna port number when the DMRS sequence index is the same; according to the DMRS
  • the sequence index is sorted from small to large; within the PUSCH resource configuration period (ie, the first period), the sequence index is sorted from small to large in the time domain; if there are multiple PUSCH resource configuration periods in an associated period, the sequence index is sorted from small to large.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure uplink resources for requesting multiple downlink cells to send downlink channels or signals
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource, which may include a second uplink resource set; one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set are used to send a second uplink channel or signal, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.
  • a second uplink resource which may include a second uplink resource set; one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set are used to send a second uplink channel or signal, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.
  • the first uplink resource may also include a second uplink resource set; one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set are used to send a second uplink channel or signal, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.
  • the method for determining the type of the third downlink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first downlink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.
  • the method for determining the type of the second uplink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first uplink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.
  • the second uplink resource set is associated with a third downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information may include an identifier of the third downlink cell, and/or the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.
  • the second uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.
  • the first configuration information may include an identifier of the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.
  • the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or,
  • the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal and the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal are both determined based on the second downstream channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on the second downstream channel or signal
  • the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal is determined based on the fourth downstream channel or signal.
  • the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell.
  • the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to different cell groups.
  • the fourth downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by the second TCI state configuration information.
  • the first configuration information may be used to configure uplink resources for requesting multiple downlink cells to send downlink channels or signals.
  • mapping order of the QCL references of the downlink channels or signals on the multiple downlink cells is: sorted from small to large by cell index.
  • the first uplink resource may be an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell.
  • the uplink cell may be a secondary cell of the terminal device; or, the uplink cell may be a primary cell of the terminal device.
  • the network device may not send an SSB, but an uplink resource for requesting the network device to send an SSB is configured for the auxiliary carrier.
  • the auxiliary carrier is a timing reference cell for the terminal device to obtain a TA value
  • the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB on the auxiliary carrier through the configured uplink resource, so that the terminal device can update the TA value through the SSB sent by the network device, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance.
  • the network device may not send an SSB, but an uplink resource for requesting the network device to send an SSB for the downlink service cell is configured on the uplink service cell.
  • the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the downlink service cell through the uplink resource, so that subsequent terminal devices can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to improve network communication performance.
  • SSB i.e., a first downlink channel or signal
  • the size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 400 provided in an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the communication device 400 may include:
  • a first receiving unit 410 is configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;
  • the first sending unit 420 is configured to send a first uplink channel or signal through a target uplink resource in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.
  • the quasi-co-site QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell; wherein the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell; or, the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group; or, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the second downlink channel or signal includes a synchronization signal block SSB on the second downlink cell; or, the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first transmission configuration indication TCI state configuration information.
  • the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information includes an SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the first configuration information includes first TCI state configuration information; or, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on a second downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell is determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following:
  • the indices of the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.
  • the indices associated with the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large indices.
  • the ordering of the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set includes one or more of the following:
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.
  • the second downlink cell is a primary cell.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource, and the second uplink resource includes a second uplink resource set; the first sending unit 420 is also configured to send a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the first uplink resource also includes a second uplink resource set; the first sending unit 420 is further configured to One or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set send a second uplink channel or signal, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request sending a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.
  • the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the fourth downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by the second TCI state configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of a third downlink cell, a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.
  • the multiple uplink resources in the target uplink resource are used to repeatedly send the first uplink channel or signal.
  • the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, and system message.
  • the first uplink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a physical random access channel PRACH, a message A MsgA, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH, and a configured authorized physical uplink shared channel CG-PUSCH.
  • the first uplink resource is an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell; wherein the uplink cell is a primary cell; or, the uplink cell is a secondary cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to know that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a network device.
  • the communication device 500 may include:
  • the second sending unit 510 is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;
  • the processing unit 520 is configured to detect a first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on the first downlink cell.
  • the second sending unit 510 is configured to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell when the first uplink channel or signal is detected on the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set.
  • the quasi-co-site QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell; wherein the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell; or, the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group; or, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the second downlink channel or signal includes a synchronization signal block SSB on the second downlink cell; or, the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first transmission configuration indication TCI state configuration information.
  • the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information includes an SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.
  • the first configuration information includes first TCI state configuration information; or, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on a second downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell is determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.
  • the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following:
  • the indices of the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.
  • the indices of the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.
  • the ordering of the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set includes one or more of the following:
  • the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,
  • the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.
  • the second downlink cell is a primary cell.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource, and the second uplink resource includes a second uplink resource set; the processing unit 520 is also configured to detect a second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the first uplink resource also includes a second uplink resource set; the processing unit 520 is further configured to detect a second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.
  • the second sending unit 510 is further configured to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell when a second uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set.
  • the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.
  • the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.
  • the fourth downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by the second TCI state configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of a third downlink cell, a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.
  • the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.
  • the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, and system message.
  • the first uplink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a physical random access channel PRACH, a message A MsgA, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH, and a configured authorized physical uplink shared channel CG-PUSCH.
  • the first uplink resource is an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell; wherein the uplink cell is a primary cell; or, the uplink cell is a secondary cell.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the network device can be configured to send first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure the first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, and the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.
  • the network device can learn that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell by detecting the first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, thereby improving network communication performance.
  • FIG6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 may be a terminal device or a network device.
  • the communication device 600 shown in FIG6 may include a processor 610 and a memory 620, wherein:
  • the memory 620 may be used to store computer executable instructions
  • the processor 610 is connected to the memory 620 and is used to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application by executing computer executable instructions.
  • the memory 620 may be a separate device from the processor 610 , or may be integrated into the processor 610 .
  • the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630 , and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or to receive information or data sent by other devices.
  • the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 630 may further include an antenna, and the number of the antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 600 may be a terminal device of an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, which will not be described in detail here for the sake of brevity.
  • the communication device 600 may be a network device of an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, which will not be described in detail here for the sake of brevity.
  • FIG7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 700 shown in FIG7 includes a processor 710 and a memory 720, wherein:
  • the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from the memory 720, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated into the processor 710 .
  • the chip 700 may further include an input interface 730.
  • the processor 710 may control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 700 may further include an output interface 740.
  • the processor 710 may control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a system-level chip, a system chip, a chip system or a system-on-chip chip, etc.
  • FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 800 includes a terminal device 810 and a network device 820 .
  • the terminal device 810 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method
  • the network device 820 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method.
  • the terminal device 810 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method
  • the network device 820 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method.
  • the processor of the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method embodiment can be completed by the hardware integrated logic circuit in the processor or the instruction in the form of software.
  • the above processor can be a general processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the methods, steps and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can also be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware decoding processor to execute, or the hardware and software modules in the decoding processor can be executed.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static RAM
  • DRAM dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous DRAM
  • SLDRAM synchronous link DRAM
  • DR RAM direct RAM bus DRAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is to say, the memory in the embodiment of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by at least one processor, the method in the embodiment of the present application is implemented.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium storing a computer program, the computer program including instructions that can be executed by at least one processor, and when the instructions are executed by at least one processor, the method in the embodiment of the present application is implemented.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions enable the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions enable the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, which enables a computer to execute the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program runs on the computer, the computer executes the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., they may be located in one place or distributed over multiple network units. It is actually necessary to select some or all of the units to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or partly embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the prior art.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method, apparatus, and device, a chip, a storage medium, a product, and a program. The method comprises: receiving first configuration information, the first configuration information being used for configuring first uplink resources, and the first uplink resources comprising a first set of uplink resources; and transmitting a first uplink channel or signal by means of a target uplink resource in the first set of uplink resources, the first uplink channel or signal being used for requesting transmission of a first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.

Description

通信方法、装置、设备、芯片、存储介质、产品及程序Communication method, device, equipment, chip, storage medium, product and program 技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种通信方法、装置、设备、芯片、存储介质、产品及程序。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and specifically to a communication method, device, equipment, chip, storage medium, product and program.

背景技术Background Art

相关技术中,为了实现网络节能,网络设备可以在下行小区上不发送下行信道或信号,终端设备也不在下行小区上接收下行信道或信号。然而,在一些场景下,终端设备需要在某一下行小区上接收下行信道或信号以实现特定需求,例如,终端设备需要在定时参考小区上接收下行信道或信号以获取定时同步。基于此,如何让网络设备获知终端设备需要在某一下行小区上接收下行信道或信号是亟需解决的问题。In the related art, in order to achieve network energy saving, the network equipment may not send downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell, and the terminal equipment may not receive downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell. However, in some scenarios, the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell to achieve specific requirements. For example, the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on the timing reference cell to obtain timing synchronization. Based on this, how to let the network equipment know that the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell is an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种通信方法、装置、设备、芯片、存储介质、产品及程序。The present application provides a communication method, apparatus, device, chip, storage medium, product and program.

第一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising:

接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;

通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。A first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.

第二方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising:

发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源中包括第一上行资源集合;Sending first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;

在第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。A first uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.

第三方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,应用于终端设备,该装置包括:In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication device, applied to a terminal device, the device comprising:

第一接收单元,配置为接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;A first receiving unit, configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;

第一发送单元,配置为通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。The first sending unit is configured to send a first uplink channel or signal through a target uplink resource in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.

第四方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,应用于网络设备,该装置包括:In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, applied to a network device, the device comprising:

第二发送单元,配置为发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源中包括第一上行资源集合;A second sending unit is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;

处理单元,配置为在第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。The processing unit is configured to detect a first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.

第五方面,本申请提供一种通信设备,该通信设备包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机可执行指令,该处理器与存储器连接,用于通过执行该计算机可执行指令,实现上述第一方面或第二方面的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer executable instructions, and the processor is connected to the memory, and is used to implement the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect by executing the computer executable instructions.

第六方面,本申请提供一种芯片,用于实现上述第一方面或第二方面的通信方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a chip for implementing the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect mentioned above.

具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行上述第一方面或第二方面的通信方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor, which is used to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect mentioned above.

第七方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被至少一个处理器执行时实现上述第一方面或第二方面的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, which implements the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect when executed by at least one processor.

第八方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括能够由至少一个处理器执行的指令,当该指令由至少一个处理器执行时实现上述第一方面或第二方面的通信方法。 In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium storing a computer program, the computer program including instructions that can be executed by at least one processor, and when the instructions are executed by at least one processor, the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect mentioned above is implemented.

第九方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer program which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method of the first aspect or the second aspect.

本申请提供了一种通信方法,终端设备可以接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。如此,终端设备通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,能够使得网络设备获知终端设备需要在第一下行小区上接收第一下行信道或信号,从而提升网络通信性能。The present application provides a communication method, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell. In this way, the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to learn that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described herein are used to provide a further understanding of the present application and constitute a part of the present application. The illustrative embodiments of the present application and their descriptions are used to explain the present application and do not constitute an improper limitation on the present application. In the drawings:

图1A是一种通信系统的架构示意图一;FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture 1;

图1B是一种通信系统的架构示意图二;FIG1B is a second schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system;

图1C是一种通信系统的架构示意图三;FIG1C is a third schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system;

图2是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG2 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图3是本申请实施例提供的一种多个下行小区上传输下行信道或信号的示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of transmitting downlink channels or signals on multiple downlink cells provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置400的结构组成示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 400 provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置500的结构组成示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的示意性结构图;FIG6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种的芯片的示意性结构图;FIG7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following will describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field without creative work are within the scope of protection of this application.

除非另有定义,本文所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本文中所使用的术语只是为了描述本申请实施例的目的,不是旨在限制本申请。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as those commonly understood by those skilled in the art to which this application belongs. The terms used herein are only for the purpose of describing the embodiments of this application and are not intended to limit this application.

在以下的描述中,涉及到“一些实施例”,其描述了所有可能实施例的子集,但是可以理解,“一些实施例”可以是所有可能实施例的相同子集或不同子集,并且可以在不冲突的情况下相互结合。In the following description, reference is made to “some embodiments”, which describe a subset of all possible embodiments, but it will be understood that “some embodiments” may be the same subset or different subsets of all possible embodiments and may be combined with each other without conflict.

还需要指出,本申请实施例所涉及的术语“第一\第二\第三”仅是用于区别类似的对象,不代表针对对象的特定排序,可以理解地,“第一\第二\第三”在允许的情况下可以互换特定的顺序或先后次序,以使这里描述的本申请实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的以外的顺序实施。It should also be pointed out that the terms "first\second\third" involved in the embodiments of the present application are only used to distinguish similar objects and do not represent a specific ordering of the objects. It can be understood that "first\second\third" can be interchanged in a specific order or sequence where permitted, so that the embodiments of the present application described here can be implemented in an order other than that illustrated or described here.

此外,本申请实施例中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In addition, the term "and/or" in the embodiments of the present application is only a description of the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.

应理解,在本申请实施例中提到的“关联”可以表示两者之间具有直接关联或间接关联的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有对应关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。It should be understood that the "association" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may indicate a direct or indirect association between the two, or a corresponding relationship between the two, or a relationship of indication and being indicated, configuration and being configured, etc.

还应理解,在本申请实施例中提到的“预定义”、“协议约定”、“预先确定”或“预定义规则”可以通过在设备(例如,终端设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。还应理解,本申请实施例中,所述“协议”可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)协议、新无线(New Radio,NR)协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should also be understood that the "predefined", "protocol agreement", "predetermined" or "predefined rules" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in a device (for example, a terminal device), and the present application does not limit its specific implementation method. For example, predefined may refer to a definition in a protocol. It should also be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the field of communications, such as the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol, the New Radio (NR) protocol, and related protocols used in future communication systems, and the present application does not limit this.

本申请实施例所记载的技术方案之间,在不冲突的情况下,可以任意组合。在本申请的描述中,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上,除非另有明确具体的限定。The technical solutions described in the embodiments of the present application can be combined arbitrarily without conflict. In the description of the present application, "multiple" means two or more, unless otherwise clearly and specifically defined.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:LTE系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(Narrow Band Internet of Things,NB-IoT)系统、 增强的机器类型通信(enhanced Machine-Type Communications,eMTC)系统、5G通信系统(也称为NR通信系统),或未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: LTE system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Internet of Things (IoT) system, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, Enhanced Machine-Type Communications (eMTC) system, 5G communication system (also called NR communication system), or future communication system (such as 6G communication system), etc.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:接入终端、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)设备、工业控制(Industrial Control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(Self Driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(Remote Medical Surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(Smart Grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(Transportation Safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(Smart City)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(Smart Home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can be a device that provides voice/data to the user, for example, a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. At present, some examples of terminals are: access terminal, user equipment (User Equipment, UE), mobile phone (Mobile Phone), tablet computer, laptop computer, PDA, mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminal in industrial control (Industrial Control), wireless terminal in self-driving (Self Driving), wireless terminal in remote medical surgery (Remote Medical Surgery), wireless terminal in smart grid (Smart Grid), transportation safety (Transportation Safety) and so on. The present invention also includes wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile communication networks (PLMN), etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其他设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example but not limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that use wearable technology to intelligently design and develop wearable devices for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also powerful functions achieved through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and independent of smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.

此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device can also be a terminal device in an IoT system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing an intelligent network that interconnects people and machines and things.

需要指出的是,终端设备与网络设备(Network,NW)之间可以采用某种空口技术(如NR或LTE技术等)相互通信。终端设备与终端设备之间也可以采用某种空口技术(如NR或LTE技术等)相互通信。It should be noted that the terminal device and the network device (Network, NW) can communicate with each other using a certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology, etc.). The terminal devices can also communicate with each other using a certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology, etc.).

需要说明的是,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或芯片,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。It should be noted that the device for implementing the function of the terminal device can be the terminal device, or it can be a device that can support the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system or a chip, which can be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.

在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是下一代无线接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG RAN)设备,或者是NR系统中的基站(gNB),或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器,或者未来演进的PLMN中的网络设备等。In an embodiment of the present application, the network device may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a next generation radio access network (Next Generation Radio Access Network, NG RAN) device, or a base station (gNB) in an NR system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, or a network device in a future evolved PLMN, etc.

为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。To facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the relevant technologies of the embodiments of the present application are described below. The following related technologies can be arbitrarily combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and they all belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.

通信系统场景可以包括地面通信网络(Terrestrial Network,TN)和非地面通信网络(Non Terrestrial Network,NTN)。其中,NTN一般采用卫星通信的方式向地面用户提供通信服务。NTN系统可以包括NR-NTN系统和IoT-NTN系统,还可以包括其他的系统,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The communication system scenarios may include terrestrial communication networks (TN) and non-terrestrial communication networks (NTN). NTN generally uses satellite communication to provide communication services to ground users. NTN systems may include NR-NTN systems and IoT-NTN systems, and may also include other systems, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

示例性地,图1A是一种通信系统的架构示意图一。如图1A所示,通信系统100可以包括网络设备110和终端设备120,网络设备110可以是与终端设备120(或称为通信终端设备)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备(如终端设备120)进行通信。Exemplarily, FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system. As shown in FIG1A, the communication system 100 may include a network device 110 and a terminal device 120, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with the terminal device 120 (or referred to as a communication terminal device). The network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and may communicate with a terminal device (such as the terminal device 120) located in the coverage area.

需要说明的是,图1A示出了一个网络设备和两个终端设备,可以理解,在本申请实施例中,通信系统100还可以包括多个网络设备,并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其他数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that Figure 1A shows a network device and two terminal devices. It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the communication system 100 may also include multiple network devices, and the coverage range of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.

示例性地,图1B是一种通信系统的架构示意图二。如图1B所示,通信系统1100可以包括终端设备1101和卫星1102,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以进行无线通信。终端设备1101和卫星1102之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图1B所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1102可以具有基站的功能,终端设备1101和卫星1102之间可以直接通信。在该系统架构下,可以将卫星1102 称为网络设备。For example, FIG1B is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system. As shown in FIG1B , the communication system 1100 may include a terminal device 1101 and a satellite 1102, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may communicate wirelessly. The network formed between the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may also be referred to as an NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG1B , the satellite 1102 may have the function of a base station, and the terminal device 1101 and the satellite 1102 may communicate directly. In this system architecture, the satellite 1102 may be Called a network device.

需要说明的是,图1B示出了一个终端设备和一个卫星,可以理解,在本申请实施例中,通信系统1100还可以包括多个卫星,并且每个卫星的覆盖范围内可以包括其他数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that Figure 1B shows a terminal device and a satellite. It can be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the communication system 1100 may also include multiple satellites, and the coverage area of each satellite may include other numbers of terminal devices. This embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.

示例性地,图1C是一种通信系统的架构示意图三。如图1C所示,通信系统1200可以包括终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203,终端设备1201和卫星1202之间可以进行无线通信,卫星1202与基站1203之间可以通信。终端设备1201、卫星1202和基站1203之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图1C所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星1202可以不具有基站的功能,终端设备1201和基站1203之间的通信需要通过卫星1202的中转。在该系统架构下,可以将基站1203称为网络设备。Exemplarily, FIG1C is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system. As shown in FIG1C , the communication system 1200 may include a terminal device 1201, a satellite 1202, and a base station 1203. Wireless communication may be performed between the terminal device 1201 and the satellite 1202, and communication may be performed between the satellite 1202 and the base station 1203. The network formed between the terminal device 1201, the satellite 1202, and the base station 1203 may also be referred to as an NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG1C , the satellite 1202 may not have the function of a base station, and the communication between the terminal device 1201 and the base station 1203 needs to be relayed by the satellite 1202. In this system architecture, the base station 1203 may be referred to as a network device.

需要说明的是,图1C示出了一个终端设备、一个卫星和一个基站,可以理解,在本申请实施例中,通信系统1200还可以包括多个网络设备,并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其他数量的终端设备和卫星,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that Figure 1C shows a terminal device, a satellite and a base station. It can be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the communication system 1200 may also include multiple network devices, and the coverage area of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices and satellites. This embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.

在B5G或6G等未来演进的通信系统中,还可能包括分布式多输入多输出(Distributed Multiple-Input Multiple-Output,Distributed MIMO)(也称为分布式天线系统)场景和/或大规模多输入多输出(Massive MIMO)(也称为大规模天线矩阵系统)场景。在一些情况下,Distributed MIMO和/或Massive MIMO也可以支持去蜂窝(Cell-Free)或以终端设备为中心(UE-Centric)的布网场景。可以理解,上述场景也适用于TN和/或NTN。In future evolving communication systems such as B5G or 6G, Distributed Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (Distributed MIMO) (also known as distributed antenna system) scenarios and/or Massive MIMO (also known as massive antenna matrix system) scenarios may also be included. In some cases, Distributed MIMO and/or Massive MIMO can also support Cell-Free or UE-Centric networking scenarios. It is understandable that the above scenarios are also applicable to TN and/or NTN.

网络节能(Network Energy Saving)对环境可持续性、减少对环境的影响(如减少温室气体排放)、以及节省运营成本有重大意义。随着5G在各个工业和地理区域的逐渐普及,需要支持非常高的数据传输速率来处理更高级的服务和应用(如扩展现实技术(Extended Reality,XR)),网络部署变得更密,使用更多天线、更大带宽和更多的频带。考虑到5G对环境的影响,需要开发受控的、新的解决方案来增强网络节能。Network Energy Saving is of great significance to environmental sustainability, reducing environmental impact (such as reducing greenhouse gas emissions), and saving operating costs. As 5G becomes more popular in various industries and geographical areas, it is necessary to support very high data transmission rates to handle more advanced services and applications (such as Extended Reality (XR)), and network deployment becomes denser, using more antennas, larger bandwidths, and more frequency bands. Considering the impact of 5G on the environment, controlled and new solutions need to be developed to enhance network energy saving.

能源消耗已经成为运营商的运营成本(Operational Expenditure,OPEX)的一个关键部分。大多数的能源消耗来自于无线接入网络,更具体地,来自于激活天线单元(Active Antenna Unit,AAU),其中,数据中心和光纤传输所占份额较小。一次无线接入的功率消耗可以被分为两部分:动态部分可以包括当数据正在进行发送或接收时的功率消耗;静态部分可以包括在所有时间情况下,为了维护无线接入设备的必要运营的功率消耗,包括没有进行发送或接收数据时的功率消耗。Energy consumption has become a key part of the operator's operational expense (OPEX). Most of the energy consumption comes from the wireless access network, more specifically, from the active antenna unit (AAU), of which data centers and fiber transmission account for a smaller share. The power consumption of a wireless access can be divided into two parts: the dynamic part can include the power consumption when data is being sent or received; the static part can include the power consumption required to maintain the necessary operation of the wireless access equipment at all times, including the power consumption when no data is being sent or received.

因此,基于上述目的,需要研究和开发网络设备侧的网络能源消耗模型、关键绩效指标(Key Performance Indicator,KPI)、评估方法等,来确定和研究目标部署场景中的网络节能技术。其中,已经定义的终端设备侧的功率消耗模型可以作为参考。该研究应集中在如何实现更有效的动态运营和/或半静态运营,以及考虑应用于时域、频域、空域和功率域的一种或多种网络节能技术,联合潜在的终端设备反馈支持,潜在的终端设备辅助信息,以及网络接口之间的信息交换或协调等技术,以实现更细粒度的数据发送和/或接收自适应。Therefore, based on the above purposes, it is necessary to study and develop network energy consumption models, key performance indicators (KPI), evaluation methods, etc. on the network equipment side to determine and study network energy-saving technologies in target deployment scenarios. Among them, the power consumption model on the terminal device side that has been defined can be used as a reference. The research should focus on how to achieve more efficient dynamic operation and/or semi-static operation, and consider one or more network energy-saving technologies applied in the time domain, frequency domain, spatial domain, and power domain, combined with potential terminal device feedback support, potential terminal device auxiliary information, and information exchange or coordination between network interfaces to achieve more fine-grained data transmission and/or reception adaptation.

需要说明的是,该研究不仅评估潜在的网络节能增益,而且也需要通过观察频谱效率、能力、用户感知吞吐量(User Perceived Throughput,UPT)、时延、终端设备功率消耗(UE Power Consumption)、复杂度、切换性能、掉话率(Call Drop Rate)、初始接入性能、服务水平协议(Service Level Agreement,SLA)等KPI,来评估和平衡对网络和用户性能的影响。该研究应避免对上述KPI产生较大的影响。It should be noted that this study not only evaluates potential network energy-saving gains, but also needs to evaluate and balance the impact on network and user performance by observing KPIs such as spectrum efficiency, capacity, user perceived throughput (UPT), latency, terminal equipment power consumption (UE Power Consumption), complexity, switching performance, call drop rate (Call Drop Rate), initial access performance, and service level agreement (SLA). This study should avoid having a significant impact on the above KPIs.

NR系统中,终端设备的初始接入过程可以通过检测同步栅格(Sync Raster)上的同步信号块(Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block,SSB或SS/PBCH Block)来完成。终端设备在初始接入过程中,可以通过预定义SSB可能的时频位置,尝试搜索SSB,通过检测到的SSB获得时间和频率同步、无线帧定时以及小区ID。In the NR system, the initial access process of the terminal device can be completed by detecting the synchronization signal block (Synchronizing Signal/PBCH Block, SSB or SS/PBCH Block) on the synchronization grid (Sync Raster). During the initial access process, the terminal device can try to search for SSB by pre-defining the possible time and frequency positions of SSB, and obtain time and frequency synchronization, radio frame timing and cell ID through the detected SSB.

在终端设备接入网络后,网络设备可以根据终端设备的能力,为终端设备配置多个服务小区,以提高终端设备数据传输的峰值速率。终端设备的多个服务小区可以以载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)或双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)的方式为终端设备服务。其中,终端设备的多个服务小区可以属于相同的定时提前组(Timing Advance Group,TAG),也可以属于不同的TAG。对于属于相同TAG的服务小区关联的上行小区,可以使用相同的定时参考小区和相同的定时提前值(Timing Advance,TA)。After the terminal device accesses the network, the network device can configure multiple service cells for the terminal device according to the capabilities of the terminal device to increase the peak rate of data transmission of the terminal device. Multiple service cells of the terminal device can serve the terminal device in the form of carrier aggregation (CA) or dual connectivity (DC). Among them, multiple service cells of the terminal device can belong to the same timing advance group (TAG) or different TAGs. For uplink cells associated with service cells belonging to the same TAG, the same timing reference cell and the same timing advance value (TA) can be used.

在NR系统中,支持模拟波束赋形技术,即网络设备在不同的时刻使用不同方向对应的波束来覆盖小区中的不同区域。在波束训练过程中,终端设备需要对一组备选波束进行测量,从中选择满足一定门限的波束作为通信传输的波束。为提升高频段模拟波束传输的鲁棒性,当发现当前波束传 输质量差到一定程度时,终端设备也会主动寻找链路质量好的新波束,并且通知网络,从而通过新波束重新建立高质量的可靠通信链路。In the NR system, analog beamforming technology is supported, that is, network equipment uses beams corresponding to different directions at different times to cover different areas in the cell. During the beam training process, the terminal device needs to measure a set of candidate beams and select the beam that meets a certain threshold as the communication transmission beam. In order to improve the robustness of high-frequency analog beam transmission, when it is found that the current beam transmission When the transmission quality deteriorates to a certain extent, the terminal device will actively look for a new beam with good link quality and notify the network, so as to re-establish a high-quality and reliable communication link through the new beam.

相关技术中,为了实现网络节能,网络设备可以在下行小区上不发送下行信道或信号,终端设备也不在下行小区上接收下行信道或信号。然而,在一些场景下,终端设备需要在某一下行小区上接收下行信道或信号以实现特定需求,为此,如何让网络设备获知终端设备需要在某一下行小区上接收下行信道或信号是亟需解决的问题。In related technologies, in order to achieve network energy saving, network equipment may not send downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell, and terminal equipment may not receive downlink channels or signals on the downlink cell. However, in some scenarios, the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell to meet specific requirements. Therefore, how to let the network equipment know that the terminal equipment needs to receive downlink channels or signals on a certain downlink cell is an urgent problem to be solved.

示例性地,在终端设备的一个TAG包括的一个或多个服务小区中,需要有一个定时参考小区,以使终端设备可以接收该定时参考小区上的参考信号(如SSB)来更新该TAG关联的上行小区的TA值,从而实现定时同步。或者,终端设备需要对小区上的参考信号(如SSB)进行测量来确定合适的波束作为通信传输的波束。然而,如何使得网络设备获知终端设备需要在该定时参考小区上接收参考信号以实现定时同步的需求,从而能够在对应的定时参考小区上发送参考信号,目前尚未有相关的解决方案。Exemplarily, in one or more service cells included in a TAG of a terminal device, there needs to be a timing reference cell so that the terminal device can receive a reference signal (such as SSB) on the timing reference cell to update the TA value of the uplink cell associated with the TAG, thereby achieving timing synchronization. Alternatively, the terminal device needs to measure the reference signal (such as SSB) on the cell to determine a suitable beam as a beam for communication transmission. However, there is currently no solution for how to make the network device aware of the need for the terminal device to receive a reference signal on the timing reference cell to achieve timing synchronization, so that the reference signal can be sent on the corresponding timing reference cell.

基于此,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,终端设备可以接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。如此,终端设备通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,能够使得网络设备获知终端设备需要在第一下行小区上接收第一下行信道或信号,从而提升网络通信性能。Based on this, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, and the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell. In this way, the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to know that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.

示例性地,在第一下行小区是定时参考小区的情况下,网络设备可以为终端设备配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合,从而终端设备可以通过该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源请求网络设备在定时参考小区上发送SSB(即第一下行信道或信号),从而使得后续终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的SSB更新TA值,维护上行同步,提升网络通信性能。Exemplarily, when the first downlink cell is a timing reference cell, the network device can configure a first uplink resource for the terminal device, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the timing reference cell through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can update the TA value through the SSB sent by the network device, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance.

示例性地,网络设备可以为终端设备配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合,从而终端设备可以通过该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送SSB(即第一下行信道或信号),从而使得后续终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的SSB进行测量,以确保选择的波束方向能保证传输的鲁棒性,提升网络通信性能。Exemplarily, the network device can configure a first uplink resource for the terminal device, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the first downlink cell through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to ensure that the selected beam direction can guarantee the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.

为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。To facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific embodiments. The above related technologies can be combined arbitrarily with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and they all belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of the present application include at least part of the following contents.

图2是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图,如图2所示,该方法可以包括如下步骤。FIG2 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG2 , the method may include the following steps.

S210、网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合。S210. The network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set.

相应地,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第一配置信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device can receive the first configuration information sent by the network device.

应理解,第一上行资源可以是配置在上行小区上的上行资源。It should be understood that the first uplink resource may be an uplink resource configured in an uplink cell.

其中,上行小区可以是辅小区;或者,上行小区可以是主小区。The uplink cell may be a secondary cell; or the uplink cell may be a primary cell.

需要说明的是,第一上行资源可以是一个上行资源,也可以是多个上行资源;第一上行资源包括的第一上行资源集合可以是一个上行资源,也可以是多个上行资源,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the first uplink resource can be one uplink resource or multiple uplink resources; the first uplink resource set included in the first uplink resource can be one uplink resource or multiple uplink resources, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

还需要说明的是,第一上行资源集合可以是第一上行资源中的一个上行资源,也可以是第一上行资源中的多个上行资源(非全部上行资源),也可以是第一上行资源中的全部上行资源,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be noted that the first uplink resource set can be an uplink resource in the first uplink resource, or multiple uplink resources in the first uplink resource (not all uplink resources), or all uplink resources in the first uplink resource, which is not limited to the embodiments of the present application.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源可以包括周期配置的一个或多个上行资源,第一上行资源对应的周期可以记为第一周期。例如,第一上行资源可以包括周期配置的一个或多个第一周期中的上行资源。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource may include one or more uplink resources configured in a periodicity, and the period corresponding to the first uplink resource may be recorded as a first period. For example, the first uplink resource may include one or more uplink resources in a first period configured in a periodicity.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合可以包括周期配置的一个或多个上行资源,第一上行资源集合对应的周期可以记为第一周期。例如,第一上行资源集合可以包括周期配置的一个或多个第一周期中的上行资源。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource set may include one or more uplink resources configured periodically, and the period corresponding to the first uplink resource set may be recorded as the first period. For example, the first uplink resource set may include one or more uplink resources in the first period configured periodically.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合中的多个上行资源中的任意两个上行资源在时域、频域和码域中的一个或多个维度上不同。In some embodiments, any two uplink resources among the multiple uplink resources in the first uplink resource set are different in one or more dimensions of the time domain, the frequency domain, and the code domain.

S220、终端设备通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源向网络设备发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。 S220. The terminal device sends a first uplink channel or signal to the network device through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.

应理解,目标上行资源可以是第一上行资源集合中的一个上行资源,也可以是第一上行资源集合中的多个上行资源(非全部上行资源),也可以是第一上行资源集合中的全部上行资源,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the target uplink resource can be an uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, or multiple uplink resources (not all uplink resources) in the first uplink resource set, or all uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.

在一些实施例中,在目标上行资源包括多个上行资源的情况下,目标上行资源中的多个上行资源用于重复发送第一上行信道或信号。In some embodiments, when the target uplink resource includes multiple uplink resources, the multiple uplink resources in the target uplink resource are used to repeatedly send the first uplink channel or signal.

通过该方法,在目标上行资源包括多个上行资源的情况下,终端设备可以使用目标上行资源中的多个上行资源重复发送第一上行信道或信号。如此,能够提高后续网络设备检测到第一上行信道或信号的概率,进而提高盲检测的准确性。By using this method, when the target uplink resource includes multiple uplink resources, the terminal device can use multiple uplink resources in the target uplink resource to repeatedly send the first uplink channel or signal. In this way, the probability of subsequent network devices detecting the first uplink channel or signal can be increased, thereby improving the accuracy of blind detection.

需要说明的是,第一上行信道或信号的类型可以是预定义的,也可以是网络设备配置的,也可以是通过其他方式设定的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the type of the first uplink channel or signal may be predefined, configured by a network device, or set in other ways, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

示例性地,第一上行信道或信号可以包括以下一种或多种:物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)、消息A(Message A,MsgA)、物理上行链路控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)、配置的授权物理上行共享信道(Configured Grant Physical Uplink Shared Channel,CG-PUSCH)。Exemplarily, the first uplink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH), Message A (MsgA), Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), and Configured Grant Physical Uplink Shared Channel (CG-PUSCH).

其中,MsgA可以包括PRACH和PUSCH。Among them, MsgA can include PRACH and PUSCH.

示例性地,MsgA可以包括两步随机接入过程中的PRACH和PUSCH。Exemplarily, MsgA may include PRACH and PUSCH in a two-step random access procedure.

需要说明的是,第一下行信道或信号的类型可以是预定义的,也可以是网络设备配置的,也可以是通过其他方式设定的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the type of the first downlink channel or signal may be predefined, configured by a network device, or set in other ways, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号可以包括以下一种或多种:SSB、信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)、跟踪参考信号(Tracking Reference Signal,TRS)、定位参考信号(Positioning Reference Signal,PRS)、系统消息。Exemplarily, the first downlink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: SSB, Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS), Tracking Reference Signal (TRS), Positioning Reference Signal (PRS), and system message.

示例性地,CSI-RS可以包括用于CSI获取的CSI-RS,和/或,用于波束管理(Beam Management,BM)的CSI-RS。Exemplarily, the CSI-RS may include a CSI-RS for CSI acquisition and/or a CSI-RS for beam management (BM).

示例性地,系统消息可以包括以下一种或多种:系统消息块(System Information Block,SIB)1、除了地震海啸预警系统(Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System,ETWS)/公共预警系统(Commercial Mobile Alert Service,CMAS)消息(SIB6,SIB7,SIB8)之外的其他系统消息、ETWS/CMAS消息(SIB6,SIB7,SIB8)。Exemplarily, the system message may include one or more of the following: System Information Block (SIB) 1, other system messages except Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS)/Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS) messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8), and ETWS/CMAS messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8).

示例性地,当第一下行信道或信号包括系统消息时,第一下行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:用于调度该系统消息的物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)、携带该系统消息的物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)。Exemplarily, when the first downlink channel or signal includes a system message, the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for scheduling the system message and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) carrying the system message.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区相关联;和/或,第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区所属的小区组相关联。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource set is associated with the first downlink cell; and/or the first uplink resource set is associated with a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.

进一步地,第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区的关联方式可以包括以下两种可能的实现方式中的一种或多种。Further, the association manner between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell may include one or more of the following two possible implementation manners.

一种可能的实现方式,第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区相关联。In a possible implementation manner, the first uplink resource set is associated with the first downlink cell.

示例性地,第一配置信息包括第一下行小区的标识;和/或,第一配置信息用于确定第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区的关联关系。Exemplarily, the first configuration information includes an identifier of the first downlink cell; and/or the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区相关联的情况下,由于后续网络设备需要在配置有第一上行资源集合的上行小区上进行盲检测处理(如检测第一上行信道或信号),因而可以将配置有第一上行资源集合的上行小区打开,而关闭其他没有业务需求的上行小区,从而可以节省电量,避免资源浪费。Through this method, when the first uplink resource set is associated with the first downlink cell, since the subsequent network equipment needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the first uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding resource waste.

另一种可能的实现方式,第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区所属的小区组相关联。In another possible implementation manner, the first uplink resource set is associated with a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.

示例性地,第一配置信息用于确定第一下行小区所属的小区组。Exemplarily, the first configuration information is used to determine the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.

例如,第一配置信息包括第一下行小区所属的小区组的标识;和/或,第一配置信息用于确定第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区所属的小区组中的每个下行小区的关联关系;和/或,第一配置信息用于确定第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区所属的小区组中的第一下行小区的关联关系。For example, the first configuration information includes an identifier of the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.

通过该方法,在第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区所属的小区组相关联的情况下,由于后续网络设备需要在配置有第一上行资源集合的上行小区上进行盲检测处理(如检测第一上行信道或信号),因而可以将配置有第一上行资源集合的上行小区打开,而关闭其他没有业务需求的上行小区,从而可以节省电量,避免资源浪费。Through this method, when the first uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, since the subsequent network equipment needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the first uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.

基于上述两种可能的实现方式,在一些实施例中,第一配置信息可以用于确定以下信息中的一 种或多种:第一下行小区的标识、第一下行小区所属的小区组、第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区的关联关系。Based on the above two possible implementations, in some embodiments, the first configuration information may be used to determine one of the following information: One or more of: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第一配置信息用于确定上述信息中的一种或多种的情况下,能够使得第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区相关联。由于后续网络设备需要在配置有第一上行资源集合的上行小区上进行盲检测处理(如检测第一上行信道或信号),因而可以将配置有第一上行资源集合的上行小区打开,而关闭其他没有业务需求的上行小区,从而可以节省电量,避免资源浪费。By using this method, when the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the above information, the first uplink resource set can be associated with the first downlink cell. Since the subsequent network device needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the first uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the first uplink resource set can be turned on, while other uplink cells without service requirements can be turned off, thereby saving power and avoiding resource waste.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的准共址(Quasi Co-Location,QCL)参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,第二下行信道或信号为第二下行小区上的下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, a quasi co-location (QCL) reference of a first downlink channel or signal is determined based on a second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区相同。Exemplarily, the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同。Exemplarily, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同且第二下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组。Exemplarily, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, and the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区属于不同小区组。Exemplarily, the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.

在一些实施例中,第二下行小区为主小区。In some embodiments, the second downlink cell is a primary cell.

通过该方法,在第二下行小区为主小区的情况下,基于第二下行小区上的第二下行信道或信号可以确定其他下行信道或信号(如第一下行信道或信号,又如下文中的第三下行信道或信号)的QCL参考。Through this method, when the second downlink cell is the main cell, the QCL reference of other downlink channels or signals (such as the first downlink channel or signal, and the third downlink channel or signal described below) can be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal on the second downlink cell.

需要说明的是,第二下行信道或信号可以是终端设备在第二下行小区上已经接收到的下行信道或信号,也可以是终端设备在第二下行小区上被配置的下行信道或信号。It should be noted that the second downlink channel or signal may be a downlink channel or signal that the terminal device has received on the second downlink cell, or may be a downlink channel or signal that the terminal device is configured on the second downlink cell.

还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,小区组可以是网络设备配置的小区组,也可以是网络设备配置的TAG,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the cell group can be a cell group configured by the network device, or it can be a TAG configured by the network device, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.

还需要说明的是,在第二下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组的情况下,第二下行小区可以与第一下行小区相同,第二下行小区也可以与第一下行小区不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be noted that, when the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, the second downlink cell may be the same as the first downlink cell, or may be different from the first downlink cell, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

通过该方法,在第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定的情况下,能够使得后续网络设备发送第一下行信道或信号时获知第一下行信道或信号的波束方向。Through this method, when the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号可以包括第二下行小区上的同步信号块SSB;或者,第二下行信道或信号可以包括第一传输配置指示TCI(Transmission Configuration Indication,TCI)状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号。In some embodiments, the second downlink channel or signal may include a synchronization signal block SSB on the second downlink cell; or, the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by first transmission configuration indication TCI (Transmission Configuration Indication, TCI) state configuration information.

其中,第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号可以包括SSB或者信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。Among them, the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information may include SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.

需要说明的是,第一TCI状态配置信息可以是配置的。It should be noted that the first TCI state configuration information may be configured.

示例性地,第一TCI状态配置信息可以是第一配置信息配置的(如第一配置信息包括第一TCI状态配置信息),也可以是其他配置信息配置的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the first TCI state configuration information may be configured by the first configuration information (such as the first configuration information includes the first TCI state configuration information), or may be configured by other configuration information, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

例如,第一配置信息可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态标识;或者,第一配置信息可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态。For example, the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI state identifiers; or, the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI states.

在一些实施例中,第一TCI状态配置信息可以是未配置的,此时第二下行信道或信号可以包括第二下行小区上的SSB。In some embodiments, the first TCI state configuration information may be unconfigured, in which case the second downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the second downlink cell.

也就是说,第一配置信息可以包括第一TCI状态配置信息;或者,在未配置第一TCI状态配置信息的情况下,第二下行信道或信号可以包括第二下行小区上的SSB。That is, the first configuration information may include first TCI state configuration information; or, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the second downlink cell.

需要说明的是,第二下行小区上的SSB可以是配置的,也可以是基于第二下行小区的系统消息确定的。It should be noted that the SSB on the second downlink cell may be configured or determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.

示例性地,第二下行小区上的SSB可以是第一配置信息配置的(如第一配置信息用于配置第二下行小区上的SSB),也可以是其他配置信息配置的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the SSB on the second downlink cell may be configured by the first configuration information (eg, the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell), or may be configured by other configuration information, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

在一些实施例中,第二下行小区上的SSB可以是未配置的,此时第二下行小区上的SSB可以基于第二下行小区的系统消息确定。In some embodiments, the SSB on the second downlink cell may be unconfigured, in which case the SSB on the second downlink cell may be determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.

也就是说,第一配置信息可以用于配置第二下行小区上的SSB;或者,在未配置第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第二下行小区上的SSB可以基于第二下行小区的系统消息确定。That is, the first configuration information can be used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell can be determined based on the system message of the second downlink cell.

应理解,在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以先基于第二下行信道或信号确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考,再基于第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考确定目标上行资源,从而可以向网络设备请求根据该第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。It should be understood that in an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can first determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal based on the second downlink channel or signal, and then determine the target uplink resource based on the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal, so that it can request the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell according to the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal.

还应理解,在本申请实施例中,QCL是指某个天线端口上的符号所经历的信道的大尺度参数可以从另一个天线端口上的符号所经历的信道推断出来。其中的大尺度参数可以包括时延扩展、平均 时延、多普勒扩展、多普勒频移、平均增益以及空间接收参数等。It should also be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, QCL means that the large-scale parameters of the channel experienced by the symbol on a certain antenna port can be inferred from the channel experienced by the symbol on another antenna port. The large-scale parameters may include delay spread, average Delay, Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average gain and spatial reception parameters, etc.

不同QCL类型配置的定义如下:The definitions of different QCL type configurations are as follows:

'QCL-TypeA':{多普勒频移(Doppler Shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler Spread),平均时延(Average Delay),时延扩展(Delay Spread)};'QCL-TypeA':{Doppler Shift, Doppler Spread, Average Delay, Delay Spread};

'QCL-TypeB':{多普勒频移(Doppler Shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler Spread)};'QCL-TypeB':{Doppler Shift, Doppler Spread};

'QCL-TypeC':{多普勒频移(Doppler Shift),平均时延(Average Delay)};'QCL-TypeC':{Doppler shift, average delay};

'QCL-TypeD':{空间接收参数(Spatial Rx Parameter)}。'QCL-TypeD':{Spatial Rx Parameter}.

在本申请实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以对应上述QCL类型中的一种或两种。第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考对应的QCL类型可以是预定义的,也可以是第一配置信息配置的(如第一配置信息用于配置第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考对应的QCL类型),也可以是其他配置信息配置的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In an embodiment of the present application, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may correspond to one or two of the above-mentioned QCL types. The QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be predefined, or may be configured by the first configuration information (such as the first configuration information is used to configure the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal), or may be configured by other configuration information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

示例性地,在第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型是预定义的。例如,可以预定义第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型为'QCL-TypeA'和/或'QCL-TypeD'。Exemplarily, in the case where the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the second downlink cell, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is predefined. For example, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal may be predefined as 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型是网络设备配置的。例如,第一配置信息还用于配置第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型为'QCL-TypeA'和/或'QCL-TypeD'。又例如,在第二下行信道或信号包括第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号的情况下,第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型为第一TCI状态配置信息配置的。Exemplarily, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is configured by the network device. For example, the first configuration information is also used to configure the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal to be 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'. For another example, in the case where the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured with the first TCI state configuration information, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is configured by the first TCI state configuration information.

在本申请实施例中,TCI状态可以包括QCL参考的信息。一个TCI状态可以关联一个TCI状态ID。每个TCI状态可以包括一个或两个下行信道或信号,分别作为一种或两种类型的参考源。In an embodiment of the present application, a TCI state may include information of a QCL reference. A TCI state may be associated with a TCI state ID. Each TCI state may include one or two downlink channels or signals, serving as one or two types of reference sources, respectively.

示例性地,一个TCI状态ID可以用于标识一个TCI状态。Exemplarily, a TCI state ID may be used to identify a TCI state.

需要说明的是,假设TCI状态可以包括QCL参考的信息1和QCL参考的信息2。一个QCL参考的信息可以包括如下信息:It should be noted that, assuming that the TCI state may include QCL reference information 1 and QCL reference information 2. A QCL reference information may include the following information:

QCL类型的配置,可以是QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypC、QCL-TypeD中的一个;The QCL type configuration can be one of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, QCL-TypC, and QCL-TypeD;

下行信道或信号的配置,包括下行信道或信号所在的小区ID,带宽部分(Bandwidth Part,BWP)ID以及下行信道或信号关联的索引(可以是CSI-RS资源ID或SSB索引)。The configuration of the downlink channel or signal includes the cell ID where the downlink channel or signal is located, the bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) ID, and the index associated with the downlink channel or signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or SSB index).

示例性地,在QCL参考的信息1和QCL参考的信息2中,其中一个QCL参考的信息的QCL类型可以是QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypC中的一个,另一个QCL参考的信息(如果配置)的QCL类型可以是QCL-TypeD。Exemplarily, in QCL reference information 1 and QCL reference information 2, the QCL type of one QCL reference information may be one of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypC, and the QCL type of the other QCL reference information (if configured) may be QCL-TypeD.

示例性地,QCL参考的信息1关联的QCL类型可以是QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC中的一个,如果配置了QCL参考的信息2,那么QCL参考的信息2关联的QCL类型为QCL-TypeD。Exemplarily, the QCL type associated with the QCL reference information 1 may be one of QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC. If the QCL reference information 2 is configured, the QCL type associated with the QCL reference information 2 is QCL-TypeD.

表1给出了TCI状态包括一个QCL参考的信息的示例。在表1中,第二下行小区上配置4个TCI状态,且每个TCI状态可以包括一个第二下行信道或信号。Table 1 gives an example of a TCI state including information of a QCL reference. In Table 1, four TCI states are configured on the second downlink cell, and each TCI state may include a second downlink channel or signal.

表1
Table 1

表2给出了TCI状态包括两个QCL参考的信息的示例。在表2中,第二下行小区上配置4个TCI状态,且每个TCI状态包括两个第二下行信道或信号。Table 2 gives an example of a TCI state including information of two QCL references. In Table 2, four TCI states are configured on the second downlink cell, and each TCI state includes two second downlink channels or signals.

表2
Table 2

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于以下一项或多项确定: In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following:

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;A first mapping relationship between an index associated with a first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set;

第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系;a second mapping relationship between an index associated with a second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set;

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系;a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal;

第一配置信息。First configuration information.

需要说明的是,第一映射关系可以是预定义的,也可以是网络设备配置的(如网络设备通过第一配置信息配置第一映射关系),也可以是通过其他方式设定的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the first mapping relationship can be predefined, can be configured by the network device (such as the network device configures the first mapping relationship through the first configuration information), or can be set by other means, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

还需要说明的是,第二映射关系可以是预定义的,也可以是网络设备配置的(如网络设备通过第一配置信息配置第二映射关系),也可以是通过其他方式设定的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be noted that the second mapping relationship can be predefined, or it can be configured by the network device (such as the network device configures the second mapping relationship through the first configuration information), or it can be set by other means, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.

还需要说明的是,第三映射关系可以是预定义的,也可以是网络设备配置的(如网络设备通过第一配置信息配置第三映射关系),也可以是通过其他方式设定的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be noted that the third mapping relationship can be predefined, or it can be configured by the network device (such as the network device configures the third mapping relationship through the first configuration information), or it can be set by other means, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.

应理解,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系是一对一的,或者是一对多的,或者是多对一的。It should be understood that the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号包括一个或多个SSB,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系是一对一的,或者是一对多的,或者是多对一的。Exemplarily, the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more SSBs, and the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more SSBs and the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号包括一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引和第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系是一对一的,或者是一对多的,或者是多对一的。Exemplarily, the first downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information, and the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.

还应理解,第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系是一对一的,或者是一对多的,或者是多对一的。It should also be understood that the second mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.

还应理解,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系是一对一的,或者是一对多的,或者是多对一的。It should also be understood that the third mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal is one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.

进一步地,在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为基于第一映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的索引;或者,Further, in some embodiments, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考是第一配置信息配置的。The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.

基于此,在本申请实施例中,确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考的方式可以包括以下几种可能的实现方式中的一种或多种。Based on this, in an embodiment of the present application, a method for determining a QCL reference of a first downlink channel or signal may include one or more of the following possible implementation methods.

一种可能的实现方式,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系确定。In a possible implementation manner, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a first mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.

进一步地,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为基于第一映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的索引。Further, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship.

其中,第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源包括目标上行资源。The one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set include target uplink resources.

示例性地,假设基于第一映射关系可以得到与第一上行资源集合中的上行资源1关联的第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为1。终端设备选择上行资源1作为目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,从而请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送关联的索引为1的第一下行信道或信号。相应地,若网络设备通过上行资源1接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送该关联的索引为1的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, it is assumed that based on the first mapping relationship, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal associated with uplink resource 1 in the first uplink resource set is 1. The terminal device selects uplink resource 1 as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal, thereby requesting the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal with the associated index of 1 on the first downlink cell. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal with the associated index of 1 on the first downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系确定的情况下,能够使得后续网络设备发送第一下行信道或信号时获知第一下行信道或信号的波束方向。Through this method, when the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.

另一种可能的实现方式,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系确定。In another possible implementation, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a second mapping relationship between an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.

进一步地,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引。Further, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.

也就是说,第一下行信道或信号和与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号具有QCL关系。That is, the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource.

其中,第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源包括目标上行资源。The one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set include target uplink resources.

需要说明的是,在第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第一下行信道或 信号的QCL参考为与目标上行资源关联的第二下行小区上的SSB关联的索引。也就是说,第一下行信道或信号和与目标上行资源关联的第二下行小区上的SSB具有QCL关系。It should be noted that, in the case where the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the second downlink cell, the first downlink channel or The QCL reference of the signal is an index associated with the SSB on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource. That is, the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the SSB on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource.

示例性地,假设第二下行小区上的SSB包括SSB 0和SSB 1,第一上行资源集合包括上行资源0和上行资源1,基于第二映射关系可以确定第二下行小区上的SSB 0与上行资源0关联,SSB 1与上行资源1关联。终端设备想请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与第二下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系,因此可以选择上行资源1作为目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号。相应地,若网络设备通过上行资源1接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送与第二下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the SSB on the second downlink cell includes SSB 0 and SSB 1, and the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1, it can be determined based on the second mapping relationship that SSB 0 on the second downlink cell is associated with uplink resource 0, and SSB 1 is associated with uplink resource 1. The terminal device wants to request that the first downlink channel or signal sent by the network device on the first downlink cell have a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell.

需要说明的是,在第二下行信道或信号包括第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号的情况下,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引。也就是说,第一下行信道或信号和与目标上行资源关联的第一TCI状态配置信息具有QCL关系。It should be noted that, in the case where the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship. In other words, the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource.

示例性地,假设第一TCI状态配置信息包括TCI状态0和TCI状态1,第一上行资源集合包括上行资源0和上行资源1,基于第二映射关系可以确定第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态0与上行资源0关联,TCI状态1与上行资源1关联。终端设备想请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态1具有QCL关系,因此可以选择上行资源1作为目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号。相应地,若网络设备通过上行资源1接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送与TCI状态1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the first TCI state configuration information includes TCI state 0 and TCI state 1, and the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1, it can be determined based on the second mapping relationship that TCI state 0 configured by the first TCI state configuration information is associated with uplink resource 0, and TCI state 1 is associated with uplink resource 1. The first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 configured by the first TCI state configuration information, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 on the first downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系确定的情况下,能够使得后续网络设备发送第一下行信道或信号时获知第一下行信道或信号的波束方向。Through this method, when the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.

另一种可能的实现方式,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系确定。In another possible implementation manner, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal.

进一步地,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引。Further, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship.

也就是说,第一下行信道或信号与基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行信道或信号具有QCL关系。That is, the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship.

需要说明的是,在第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行小区上的SSB关联的索引。也就是说,第一下行信道或信号与基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行小区上的SSB具有QCL关系。It should be noted that, when the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the second downlink cell, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the SSB on the second downlink cell determined based on the third mapping relationship. In other words, the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the SSB on the second downlink cell determined based on the third mapping relationship.

示例性地,假设第二下行小区上的SSB包括SSB 0和SSB 1,假设基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行小区上的SSB关联的索引,得到的第二下行小区上的SSB为SSB 1。终端设备可以发送第一上行信道或信号,从而请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与第二下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系。相应地,若网络设备接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送与第二下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the SSB on the second downlink cell includes SSB 0 and SSB 1, assuming that the index associated with the SSB on the second downlink cell determined based on the third mapping relationship, the obtained SSB on the second downlink cell is SSB 1. The terminal device can send a first uplink channel or signal, thereby requesting the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell to have a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal, the network device can send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell.

需要说明的是,在第二下行信道或信号包括第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号的情况下,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第三映射关系确定的第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引。也就是说,第一下行信道或信号与基于第三映射关系确定的第一TCI状态配置信息具有QCL关系。It should be noted that, in the case where the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information determined based on the third mapping relationship. In other words, the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the first TCI state configuration information determined based on the third mapping relationship.

示例性地,假设第一TCI状态配置信息包括TCI状态0和TCI状态1,假设基于第三映射关系确定的第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引,得到的第一TCI状态配置信息为TCI状态1。终端设备可以发送第一上行信道或信号,从而请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与TCI状态1具有QCL关系。相应地,若网络设备接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送与TCI状态1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the first TCI state configuration information includes TCI state 0 and TCI state 1, assuming that the index associated with the first TCI state configuration information determined based on the third mapping relationship, the obtained first TCI state configuration information is TCI state 1. The terminal device can send a first uplink channel or signal, thereby requesting the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell to have a QCL relationship with TCI state 1. Correspondingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal, the network device can send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1.

通过该方法,在第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系确定的情况下,能够使得后续网络设备发送第一下行信道或信号时获知第一下行信道或信号的波束方向。Through this method, when the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the third mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal, the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.

另一种可能的实现方式,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第一配置信息确定。In another possible implementation manner, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the first configuration information.

需要说明的是,第一配置信息可以间接确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。It should be noted that the first configuration information can indirectly determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal.

示例性地,第一配置信息可以配置以下一项或多项:第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行 资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系;第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系。从而可以基于第一映射关系、第二映射关系以及第三映射关系中的一项或多项,确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。Exemplarily, the first configuration information may configure one or more of the following: a first mapping relationship between an index associated with a first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set; a first mapping relationship between an index associated with a second downlink channel or signal and a first uplink resource set; A second mapping relationship between one or more uplink resources in the resource set; and a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal. Thus, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal can be determined based on one or more of the first mapping relationship, the second mapping relationship, and the third mapping relationship.

示例性地,第一配置信息可以配置第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区相关联。从而当网络设备通过第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源收到第一上行信道或信号时,网络设备在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。其中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为所有候选QCL参考。例如,如果第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考包括第二下行小区上的SSB集合,该SSB集合包括SSB0、SSB 1、SSB 2和SSB 3,则网络设备在第一下行小区上发送分别与第二下行小区上的SSB 0、SSB1、SSB 2和SSB 3具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, the first configuration information may configure the first uplink resource set to be associated with the first downlink cell. Thus, when the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell. The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is all candidate QCL references. For example, if the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal includes an SSB set on the second downlink cell, and the SSB set includes SSB0, SSB 1, SSB 2, and SSB 3, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 0, SSB1, SSB 2, and SSB 3 on the second downlink cell, respectively.

需要说明的是,第一配置信息可以直接确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。It should be noted that the first configuration information can directly determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考是第一配置信息配置的。例如,第一配置信息配置第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为第二下行小区上的SSB 1;当网络设备通过第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源收到第一上行信道或信号时,网络设备在第一下行小区上发送与第二下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。再例如,第一配置信息配置第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态;当网络设备通过第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源收到第一上行信道或信号时,网络设备根据第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information. For example, the first configuration information configures the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal to be SSB 1 on the second downlink cell; when the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal having a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell on the first downlink cell. For another example, the first configuration information configures the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal to be the TCI state configured by the first TCI state configuration information; when the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell according to the TCI state configured by the first TCI state configuration information.

示例性地,第一配置信息配置第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为第二下行小区上的SSB。当网络设备通过第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源收到第一上行信道或信号时,网络设备在第一下行小区上发送与第二下行小区上的SSB集合中的SSB具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。其中,第二下行小区上的SSB集合是网络设备配置的或者是基于第二下行小区的系统消息确定的。Exemplarily, the first configuration information configures the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal to be the SSB on the second downlink cell. When the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal having a QCL relationship with the SSB in the SSB set on the second downlink cell on the first downlink cell. The SSB set on the second downlink cell is configured by the network device or determined based on the system message of the second downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第一配置信息确定的情况下,能够使得后续网络设备发送第一下行信道或信号时获知第一下行信道或信号的波束方向。Through this method, when the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the first configuration information, the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the first downlink channel or signal when sending the first downlink channel or signal.

在一些实施例中,当第一下行小区与第二下行小区为相同的小区时,可以不需要第一配置信息配置第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。例如,此时可以预设第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为第一下行小区上的SSB。当网络设备通过第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源收到第一上行信道或信号时,网络设备在第一下行小区上发送与该第一下行小区上的SSB集合中的SSB具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。其中,第一下行小区上的SSB集合可以是基于第一下行小区的系统消息确定的。In some embodiments, when the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell are the same cell, the first configuration information may not be required to configure the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal. For example, at this time, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be preset to the SSB on the first downlink cell. When the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with the SSB in the SSB set on the first downlink cell. Among them, the SSB set on the first downlink cell can be determined based on the system message of the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,在确定映射关系(如第一映射关系,又如第三映射关系)的情况下,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。In some embodiments, when a mapping relationship (such as the first mapping relationship or the third mapping relationship) is determined, the indexes associated with the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.

进一步地,以第一映射关系为例,第一映射关系为:第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;在一个关联周期内,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。Further, taking the first mapping relationship as an example, the first mapping relationship is: the first mapping relationship between the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; within an association period, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is sorted from small to large.

其中,一个关联周期包括整数个第一周期,第一周期为第一上行资源集合的周期。Among them, one association period includes an integer number of first periods, and the first period is a period of the first uplink resource set.

需要说明的是,一个关联周期的长度可以是预定义的,也可以是网络设备配置的,也可以是通过其他方式设定的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the length of an association period may be predefined, configured by a network device, or set in other ways, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.

还需要说明的是,在一个关联周期内,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射。It should also be noted that within an association period, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in ascending order of the index.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个SSB,在一个关联周期内,从系统帧号(System Frame Number,SFN)0开始,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射。Exemplarily, the first downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs. Within an association period, starting from system frame number (SFN) 0, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in ascending order of index.

进一步地,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中有效的上行资源进行映射;或者,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中配置的上行资源进行映射。Further, the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; or, the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.

通过该方法,在第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序的情况下,能够快速获得与目标上行资源关联的第一下行信道或信号关联的索引。By using this method, when the indexes associated with the first downlink channel or signal are sorted from small to large, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource can be quickly obtained.

在一些实施例中,在确定映射关系(如第二映射关系,又如第三映射关系)的情况下,第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。In some embodiments, when a mapping relationship (such as the second mapping relationship or the third mapping relationship) is determined, the indexes associated with the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.

进一步地,以第二映射关系为例,第二映射关系为:第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源在一个关联周期内的映射关系;在一个关联周期内,第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。 Further, taking the second mapping relationship as an example, the second mapping relationship is: the mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set within an association period; within an association period, the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal is sorted from small to large.

需要说明的是,在一个关联周期内,第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射。It should be noted that, within an association period, the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal is sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in ascending order of the index.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个SSB,在一个关联周期内,从SFN 0开始,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs. Within an association period, starting from SFN 0, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large.

进一步地,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中有效的上行资源进行映射;或者,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中配置的上行资源进行映射。Further, the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; or, the one or more SSB associated indices are mapped to uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号,在一个关联周期内,从SFN 0开始,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information. Within an association period, starting from SFN 0, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large.

进一步地,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中有效的上行资源进行映射;或者,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中配置的上行资源进行映射。Further, the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information is mapped to the valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; or, the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information is mapped to the uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.

通过该方法,在第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序的情况下,能够快速获得与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引。By using this method, when the indexes associated with the second downlink channel or signal are sorted from small to large, the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource can be quickly obtained.

在一些实施例中,在确定映射关系(如第一映射关系,又如第二映射关系)的情况下,第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的排序包括以下一项或多项:In some embodiments, when a mapping relationship (such as a first mapping relationship or a second mapping relationship) is determined, the order of one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set includes one or more of the following:

在码域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort the code domain by index from small to large;

在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort by index in ascending order in the frequency domain;

在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;以及,Sort by index in ascending order in the time domain; and,

按照第一周期的索引从小到大排序。Sort by the index of the first cycle from small to large.

示例性地,第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的排序为:在一个上行传输机会上如果有多个码域资源,则在码域上按照索引从小到大排序;在相同时域位置上如果频域有多个上行传输机会,则在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个第一周期内如果时域有多个上行传输机会,则在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个第一周期,则按照第一周期的索引从小到大排序。Exemplarily, one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set are sorted as follows: if there are multiple code domain resources in one uplink transmission opportunity, they are sorted in the code domain from small to large according to the index; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted in the frequency domain from small to large according to the index; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the time domain in a first period, they are sorted in the time domain from small to large according to the index; if there are multiple first periods in an associated period, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index of the first period.

例如,假设第一上行资源集合包括一个或多个PRACH资源,该一个或多个PRACH资源的排序为:在一个RO(PRACH传输机会)上按照PRACH序列索引从小到大排序;在相同时域位置上如果频域有多个RO,则在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;在PRACH资源配置周期(即第一周期)内如果时域上有多个RO,则在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个PRACH资源配置周期,则按照PRACH资源配置周期的索引从小到大排序。For example, assuming that the first uplink resource set includes one or more PRACH resources, the one or more PRACH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the PRACH sequence index on a RO (PRACH transmission opportunity); if there are multiple ROs in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted from small to large according to the index on the frequency domain; if there are multiple ROs in the time domain within the PRACH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), they are sorted from small to large according to the index on the time domain; if there are multiple PRACH resource configuration periods within an associated period, they are sorted from small to large according to the index of the PRACH resource configuration period.

又例如,第一上行资源集合包括一个或多个PUCCH资源,该一个或多个PUCCH资源的排序为:在一个PUCCH传输机会上按照PUCCH序列索引从小到大排序;在相同时域位置上如果频域有多个PUCCH传输机会,则在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;在PUCCH资源配置周期(即第一周期)内如果时域上有多个PUCCH传输机会,则在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个PUCCH资源配置周期,则按照PUCCH资源配置周期的索引从小到大排序。For another example, the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUCCH resources, and the one or more PUCCH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the PUCCH sequence index in a PUCCH transmission opportunity; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, sorted from small to large according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the time domain within the PUCCH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), sorted from small to large according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple PUCCH resource configuration periods within an associated period, sorted from small to large according to the index of the PUCCH resource configuration period.

又例如,第一上行资源集合包括一个或多个PUSCH资源,该一个或多个PUSCH资源的排序为:在一个PUSCH传输机会上按照解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)资源索引从小到大排序,其中,在按照DMRS资源索引从小到大排序时,在DMRS序列索引相同的情况下按照DMRS天线端口号从小到大排序;按照DMRS序列索引从小到大排序;在PUSCH资源配置周期(即第一周期)内在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个PUSCH资源配置周期,则按照PUSCH资源配置周期的索引从小到大排序。For another example, the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUSCH resources, and the one or more PUSCH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) resource index on a PUSCH transmission opportunity, wherein when sorting from small to large according to the DMRS resource index, when the DMRS sequence index is the same, sorted from small to large according to the DMRS antenna port number; sorted from small to large according to the DMRS sequence index; sorted from small to large according to the index in the time domain within the PUSCH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period); if there are multiple PUSCH resource configuration periods within an associated period, sorted from small to large according to the index of the PUSCH resource configuration period.

通过该方法,在对第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源进行排序的情况下,能够快速获得与下行信道或信号(如第一下行信道或信号,又如第二下行信道或信号)关联的索引所关联的目标上行资源。Through this method, when one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set are sorted, the target uplink resource associated with the index associated with the downlink channel or signal (such as the first downlink channel or signal, or the second downlink channel or signal) can be quickly obtained.

在一些实施例中,在第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同的情况下,第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第二下行小区的标识、第二下行小区所属的小区组、第一下行小区与第二下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, when the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.

通过该方法,终端设备可以获知第二下行小区的标识、第二下行小区所属的小区组、第一下行小区与第二下行小区的关联关系中的一种或多种,从而能够使得终端设备确定第二下行小区的小区标识,进而根据第二下行小区上的第二下行信道或信号确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。 Through this method, the terminal device can obtain one or more of the identifier of the second downlink cell, the cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and the association between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell, so that the terminal device can determine the cell identifier of the second downlink cell, and then determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal based on the second downlink channel or signal on the second downlink cell.

S230、网络设备在第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号。S230: The network device detects a first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.

在一些实施例中,网络设备在第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源上检测到第一上行信道或信号的情况下,可以在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, when the network device detects the first uplink channel or signal on the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the network device may send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第一下行小区是定时参考小区的情况下,网络设备在定时参考小区上发送SSB(即第一下行信道或信号)之后,可以使得后续终端设备通过SSB更新TA值,维护上行同步,提升网络通信性能;或者,网络设备在第一下行小区上发送SSB(即第一下行信道或信号)之后,可以使得后续终端设备可以通过SSB进行测量,以确保选择的波束方向能保证传输的鲁棒性,提升网络通信性能。Through this method, when the first downlink cell is a timing reference cell, after the network device sends SSB (i.e., the first downlink channel or signal) on the timing reference cell, it can enable subsequent terminal devices to update the TA value through SSB, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance; or, after the network device sends SSB (i.e., the first downlink channel or signal) on the first downlink cell, it can enable subsequent terminal devices to perform measurements through SSB to ensure that the selected beam direction can guarantee the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还用于配置第二上行资源,第二上行资源可以包括第二上行资源集合;方法还可以包括:终端设备通过第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源发送第二上行信道或信号,第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource, and the second uplink resource may include a second uplink resource set; the method may also include: the terminal device sends a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.

在另一些实施例中,第一上行资源还可以包括第二上行资源集合;方法还可以包括:终端设备通过第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源发送第二上行信道或信号,第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号。In some other embodiments, the first uplink resource may also include a second uplink resource set; the method may also include: the terminal device sends a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.

相应地,网络设备可以在第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第二上行信道或信号。Accordingly, the network device may detect the second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set.

示例性地,第三下行小区与第一下行小区不同。Exemplarily, the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

需要说明的是,第三下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组,或者,第三下行小区与第一下行小区属于不同的小区组。It should be noted that the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.

应理解,终端设备请求网络设备在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号的方法与终端设备请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号的方法类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should be understood that the method in which the terminal device requests the network device to send the third downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell is similar to the method in which the terminal device requests the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, and will not be repeated here.

还应理解,第三下行信道或信号的类型的确定方法与第一下行信道或信号的类型的确定方法类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should also be understood that the method for determining the type of the third downlink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first downlink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.

还应理解,第二上行信道或信号的类型的确定方法与第一上行信道或信号的类型的确定方法类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should also be understood that the method for determining the type of the second uplink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first uplink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.

通过该方法,在终端设备通过第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源发送第二上行信道或信号的情况下,由于后续网络设备需要在配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区上进行盲检测处理(如检测第二上行信道或信号),因而可以将配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区打开,而关闭其他没有业务需求的上行小区,从而可以节省电量,避免资源浪费。Through this method, when the terminal device sends a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, since the subsequent network equipment needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.

在一些实施例中,方法还可以包括:网络设备在第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测到第二上行信道或信号的情况下,可以在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, the method may further include: when the network device detects a second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, the network device may send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第三下行小区是定时参考小区的情况下,网络设备在定时参考小区上发送SSB(即第三下行信道或信号)之后,可以使得后续终端设备通过SSB更新TA值,维护上行同步,提升网络通信性能。或者,网络设备在第三下行小区上发送SSB(即第三下行信道或信号)之后,可以使得后续终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的SSB进行测量,以确保选择的波束方向能保证传输的鲁棒性,提升网络通信性能。Through this method, when the third downlink cell is a timing reference cell, after the network device sends SSB (i.e., the third downlink channel or signal) on the timing reference cell, the subsequent terminal device can update the TA value through SSB, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance. Alternatively, after the network device sends SSB (i.e., the third downlink channel or signal) on the third downlink cell, the subsequent terminal device can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to ensure that the selected beam direction can ensure the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.

在一些实施例中,第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区相关联;和/或,第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区所属的小区组相关联。In some embodiments, the second uplink resource set is associated with the third downlink cell; and/or, the second uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.

进一步地,第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区的关联方式可以包括以下两种可能的实现方式中的一种或多种。Further, the association manner of the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell may include one or more of the following two possible implementation manners.

一种可能的实现方式,第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区相关联。In a possible implementation manner, the second uplink resource set is associated with a third downlink cell.

示例性地,第一配置信息可以包括第三下行小区的标识;和/或,第一配置信息可以用于确定第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区的关联关系。Exemplarily, the first configuration information may include an identifier of the third downlink cell; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区相关联的情况下,由于后续网络设备需要在配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区上进行盲检测处理(如检测第二上行信道或信号),因而可以将配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区打开,而关闭其他没有业务需求的上行小区,从而可以节省电量,避免资源浪费。Through this method, when the second uplink resource set is associated with the third downlink cell, since the subsequent network equipment needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.

另一种可能的实现方式,第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区所属的小区组相关联。In another possible implementation manner, the second uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.

示例性地,第一配置信息可以用于确定第三下行小区所属的小区组。Exemplarily, the first configuration information may be used to determine the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.

例如,第一配置信息可以包括第三下行小区所属的小区组的标识;和/或,第一配置信息可以用于确定第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区所属的小区组中的每个下行小区的关联关系;和/或,第一 配置信息可以用于确定第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区所属的小区组中的第三下行小区的关联关系。For example, the first configuration information may include an identifier of a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first The configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.

通过该方法,在第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区所属的小区组相关联的情况下,由于后续网络设备需要在配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区上进行盲检测处理(如检测第二上行信道或信号),因而可以将配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区打开,而关闭其他没有业务需求的上行小区,从而可以节省电量,避免资源浪费。Through this method, when the second uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, since the subsequent network equipment needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be opened, and other uplink cells with no business needs can be closed, thereby saving power and avoiding waste of resources.

基于上述两种可能的实现方式,在一些实施例中,第一配置信息可以用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第三下行小区的标识、第三下行小区所属的小区组、第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区的关联关系。Based on the above two possible implementation methods, in some embodiments, the first configuration information can be used to determine one or more of the following information: the identifier of the third downlink cell, the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and the association between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.

通过该方法,在第一配置信息用于确定上述信息中的一种或多种的情况下,能够使得第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区相关联。由于后续网络设备需要在配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区上进行盲检测处理(如检测第二上行信道或信号),因而可以将配置有第二上行资源集合的上行小区打开,而关闭其他没有业务需求的上行小区,从而可以节省电量,避免资源浪费。By using this method, when the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the above information, the second uplink resource set can be associated with the third downlink cell. Since the subsequent network device needs to perform blind detection processing (such as detecting the second uplink channel or signal) on the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set, the uplink cell configured with the second uplink resource set can be turned on, and other uplink cells without service requirements can be turned off, thereby saving power and avoiding resource waste.

在一些实施例中,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第二下行信道或信号确定;或者,In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or,

第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第三下行小区上的第四下行信道或信号确定。The QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell.

也就是说,在一些情况中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考和第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考都是基于第二下行信道或信号确定。在另一些情况中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第四下行信道或信号确定。That is, in some cases, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal and the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal are both determined based on the second downstream channel or signal. In other cases, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on the second downstream channel or signal, and the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal is determined based on the fourth downstream channel or signal.

示例性地,第三下行小区与第二下行小区不同。Exemplarily, the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell.

示例性地,第三下行小区与第二下行小区不同且第三下行小区与第二下行小区属于同一小区组。Exemplarily, the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.

示例性地,第三下行小区与第二下行小区属于不同小区组。Exemplarily, the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to different cell groups.

通过该方法,在第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,或者第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第三下行小区上的第四下行信道或信号确定的情况下,能够使得后续网络设备发送第三下行信道或信号时获知第三下行信道或信号的波束方向。Through this method, when the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, or the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the fourth downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell, the subsequent network device can know the beam direction of the third downlink channel or signal when sending the third downlink channel or signal.

在一些实施例中,第四下行信道或信号可以包括第三下行小区上的SSB;或者,第四下行信道或信号可以包括第二TCI状态配置信息配置的第三下行小区上的下行参考信号。In some embodiments, the fourth downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by the second TCI state configuration information.

进一步地,第一配置信息可以包括第二TCI状态配置信息;或者,在未配置第二TCI状态配置信息的情况下,第四下行信道或信号可以包括第三下行小区上的SSB。Further, the first configuration information may include second TCI state configuration information; or, when the second TCI state configuration information is not configured, the fourth downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the third downlink cell.

进一步地,第一配置信息可以用于配置第三下行小区上的SSB;或者,在未配置第三下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第三下行小区上的SSB可以基于第三下行小区的系统消息确定。Further, the first configuration information may be used to configure the SSB on the third downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the third downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the third downlink cell may be determined based on a system message of the third downlink cell.

应理解,确定第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考的方法与确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考的方法类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should be understood that the method for determining the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.

示例性地,如图3所示,第一配置信息可以用于配置第一下行小区的上行激活BWP上的第一上行资源,假设该第一上行资源为RO资源,第一配置信息可以配置在第一周期(即一个RO资源周期)内包括6个RO资源,以及第一配置信息可以配置每个RO资源上可用的PRACH序列集合。第一配置信息还可以配置该RO资源用于请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送SSB和在第三下行小区上发送SSB。例如,第一配置信息可以配置第一下行小区的标识、第一下行小区上的SSB集合为SSB0~SSB3、第三下行小区的标识、第三下行小区上的SSB集合为SSB0~SSB7、一个关联周期包括2个第一周期。其中,第一下行小区关联的索引小于第三下行小区关联的索引。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG3, the first configuration information can be used to configure the first uplink resource on the uplink activation BWP of the first downlink cell. Assuming that the first uplink resource is an RO resource, the first configuration information can be configured to include 6 RO resources within the first period (i.e., one RO resource period), and the first configuration information can configure the PRACH sequence set available on each RO resource. The first configuration information can also configure the RO resource to request the network device to send SSB on the first downlink cell and to send SSB on the third downlink cell. For example, the first configuration information can configure the identifier of the first downlink cell, the SSB set on the first downlink cell is SSB0~SSB3, the identifier of the third downlink cell, the SSB set on the third downlink cell is SSB0~SSB7, and an associated period includes 2 first periods. Among them, the index associated with the first downlink cell is less than the index associated with the third downlink cell.

基于上述第一配置信息,终端设备可以确定在一个关联周期内,前4个RO资源分别和第一下行小区上的SSB0~SSB3关联,后8个RO资源分别和第三下行小区上的SSB0~SSB7关联。若终端设备可以通过第三下行小区上的SSB2获取TA值或进行测量,但第三下行小区已经一段时间未发送该SSB2,则终端设备可以通过关联SSB2的RO资源(即一个关联周期内的第2个RO资源周期中的第一个RO资源)发送配置的PRACH序列集合中的一个PRACH序列,在网络设备通过该关联SSB2的RO资源检测到该PRACH序列集合中的PRACH序列后,可以通过第三下行小区发送SSB2。Based on the above first configuration information, the terminal device can determine that within an association period, the first four RO resources are respectively associated with SSB0 to SSB3 on the first downlink cell, and the last eight RO resources are respectively associated with SSB0 to SSB7 on the third downlink cell. If the terminal device can obtain the TA value or perform measurements through SSB2 on the third downlink cell, but the third downlink cell has not sent the SSB2 for a period of time, the terminal device can send a PRACH sequence in the configured PRACH sequence set through the RO resource associated with SSB2 (i.e., the first RO resource in the second RO resource cycle within an association period), and after the network device detects the PRACH sequence in the PRACH sequence set through the RO resource associated with SSB2, SSB2 can be sent through the third downlink cell.

本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,终端设备可以接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。如此,终端设备通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,能够使得网络设备获知终端设备需要在第一下行小区上接收第一下行信道或信号,从而提升网络通信性能。The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell. In this way, the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to know that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.

示例性地,在第一下行小区是定时参考小区的情况下,网络设备可以为终端设备配置第一上行 资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合,从而终端设备可以通过该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源请求网络设备在定时参考小区上发送SSB(即第一下行信道或信号),从而使得后续终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的SSB更新TA值,维护上行同步,提升网络通信性能。Exemplarily, when the first downlink cell is a timing reference cell, the network device can configure the first uplink cell for the terminal device. Resources, the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the timing reference cell through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can update the TA value through the SSB sent by the network device, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance.

示例性地,网络设备可以为终端设备配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合,从而终端设备可以通过该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送SSB(即第一下行信道或信号),从而使得后续终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的SSB进行测量,以确保选择的波束方向能保证传输的鲁棒性,提升网络通信性能。Exemplarily, the network device can configure a first uplink resource for the terminal device, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set, so that the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the first downlink cell through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, so that subsequent terminal devices can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to ensure that the selected beam direction can guarantee the robustness of the transmission and improve network communication performance.

以下结合具体应用场景对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行举例说明。The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is illustrated below in combination with specific application scenarios.

在本申请实施例中,为了使网络设备可以获知终端设备需要在辅小区上接收SSB或其他参考信号(如CSI-RS,又如PRS,又如TRS)的需求,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个上行资源,以使终端设备可以通过该一个或多个上行资源来请求网络设备在该辅小区上发送SSB或其他参考信号。In an embodiment of the present application, in order to enable the network device to be aware of the need of the terminal device to receive SSB or other reference signals (such as CSI-RS, PRS, and TRS) on the secondary cell, the network device can configure one or more uplink resources for the terminal device so that the terminal device can request the network device to send SSB or other reference signals on the secondary cell through the one or more uplink resources.

网络设备可以发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,该第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合,该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源用于发送第一上行信道或信号,该第一上行信道或信号用于请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。The network device can send first configuration information, which is used to configure a first uplink resource. The first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set. The target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set is used to send a first uplink channel or signal. The first uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell.

相应地,终端设备可以接收第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,该第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合,该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源用于发送第一上行信道或信号,该第一上行信道或信号用于请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。Accordingly, the terminal device can receive first configuration information, which is used to configure a first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set. The target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set is used to send a first uplink channel or signal, and the first uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.

终端设备可以通过该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源向网络设备发送第一上行信道或信号。The terminal device can send a first uplink channel or signal to the network device through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set.

在网络设备在该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源上检测到第一上行信道或信号后,网络设备在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。After the network device detects the first uplink channel or signal on the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the network device sends the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一上行信道或信号的类型可以包括以下一种或多种:PRACH、MsgA、PUCCH、CG-PUSCH。In some embodiments, the type of the first uplink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: PRACH, MsgA, PUCCH, CG-PUSCH.

进一步地,第一上行信道或信号的类型可以是预定义的或网络设备配置的。Furthermore, the type of the first uplink channel or signal may be predefined or configured by the network device.

其中,MsgA可以包括PRACH和PUSCH。Among them, MsgA can include PRACH and PUSCH.

示例性地,MsgA可以包括两步随机接入过程中的PRACH和PUSCH。Exemplarily, MsgA may include PRACH and PUSCH in a two-step random access procedure.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的类型可以包括以下一种或多种:SSB、CSI-RS、TRS、PRS、系统消息。In some embodiments, the type of the first downlink channel or signal may include one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, TRS, PRS, and system message.

其中,CSI-RS可以包括以下一种或多种:用于CSI获取的CSI-RS、用于BM的CSI-RS。The CSI-RS may include one or more of the following: a CSI-RS used for CSI acquisition and a CSI-RS used for BM.

其中,系统消息可以包括以下一种或多种:SIB1、除了ETWS/CMAS消息(SIB6,SIB7,SIB8)之外的其他系统消息、ETWS/CMAS消息(SIB6,SIB7,SIB8)。The system message may include one or more of the following: SIB1, other system messages except ETWS/CMAS messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8), and ETWS/CMAS messages (SIB6, SIB7, SIB8).

在一些实施例中,当第一下行信道或信号包括系统消息时,第一下行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:用于调度该系统消息的PDCCH、携带该系统消息的PDSCH。In some embodiments, when the first downlink channel or signal includes a system message, the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a PDCCH for scheduling the system message, and a PDSCH carrying the system message.

进一步地,第一下行信道或信号的类型可以是预定义的或网络设备配置的。Furthermore, the type of the first downlink channel or signal may be predefined or configured by the network device.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合关联第一下行小区。例如,第一配置信息包括第一下行小区的标识,和/或,第一配置信息用于确定第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource set is associated with the first downlink cell. For example, the first configuration information includes an identifier of the first downlink cell, and/or the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合关联第一下行小区所属的小区组。例如,第一配置信息包括第一下行小区所属的小区组的标识;和/或,第一配置信息用于确定第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区所属的小区组中的每个下行小区的关联关系;和/或,第一配置信息用于确定第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区所属的小区组中的第一下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs. For example, the first configuration information includes an identifier of the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell in the cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs.

需要说明的是,第一上行资源集合可以包括周期配置的一个或多个上行资源,第一上行资源集合对应的周期可以记为第一周期。在第一上行资源集合包括多个上行资源的情况下,该多个上行资源中的任意两个上行资源在时域、频域和码域中的一个或多个维度上不同。It should be noted that the first uplink resource set may include one or more uplink resources configured in a periodic manner, and the period corresponding to the first uplink resource set may be recorded as the first period. In the case where the first uplink resource set includes multiple uplink resources, any two uplink resources among the multiple uplink resources are different in one or more dimensions in the time domain, the frequency domain, and the code domain.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为第一下行小区上的所有候选QCL参考。例如,终端设备通过该第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源向网络设备发送的第一上行信道或信号,用于请求所有候选QCL参考关联的第一下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is all candidate QCL references on the first downlink cell. For example, the first uplink channel or signal sent by the terminal device to the network device through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set is used to request the first downlink channel or signal associated with all candidate QCL references.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第二下行信道或信号确定,第二下行信道或信号为第二下行小区上的下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, where the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区相同。Exemplarily, the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同。Exemplarily, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同且第二下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组。 Exemplarily, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, and the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group.

示例性地,第二下行小区与第一下行小区属于不同小区组。Exemplarily, the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于以下一项或多项确定:In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal may be determined based on one or more of the following:

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;A first mapping relationship between an index associated with a first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set;

第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系;a second mapping relationship between an index associated with a second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set;

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系;a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal;

第一配置信息。First configuration information.

进一步地,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为基于第一映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的索引;或者,Further, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考是第一配置信息配置的。The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.

需要说明的是,第一下行信道或信号与基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行信道或信号具有QCL关系。It should be noted that the first downlink channel or signal has a QCL relationship with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型是预定义的。例如,可以预定义第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型为'QCL-TypeA'和/或'QCL-TypeD'。Exemplarily, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is predefined. For example, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal may be predefined as 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'.

示例性地,第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型是网络设备配置的。例如,第一配置信息还用于配置第一下行信道或信号与第二下行信道或信号的QCL关系对应的QCL类型为'QCL-TypeA'和/或'QCL-TypeD'。Exemplarily, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal is configured by the network device. For example, the first configuration information is also used to configure the QCL type corresponding to the QCL relationship between the first downlink channel or signal and the second downlink channel or signal to be 'QCL-TypeA' and/or 'QCL-TypeD'.

以下从三个方面对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行详细阐述。The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is described in detail from three aspects as follows.

(一)第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引(i) The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship

在一些实施例中,以第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引为例,通过以下四种示例对第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考的确定方式进行详细说明。In some embodiments, taking the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal as the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship as an example, the method for determining the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is described in detail through the following four examples.

示例一、在第二下行小区与第一下行小区相同、且第二下行信道或信号包括第一下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为:基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第一下行小区上的SSB关联的索引。Example 1: When the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell and the second downlink channel or signal includes the SSB on the first downlink cell, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: the index associated with the SSB on the first downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.

也就是说,终端设备可以根据第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第一下行小区上的SSB关联的索引,确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。That is to say, the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index of the SSB association on the first downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.

示例性地,假设第一下行小区上的SSB包括SSB 0和SSB 1,第一上行资源集合包括上行资源0和上行资源1,基于第二映射关系可以确定第一下行小区上的SSB 0与上行资源0关联,SSB 1与上行资源1关联。终端设备想请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与第一下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系,因此可以选择上行资源1作为目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号。相应地,若网络设备通过上行资源1接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送与第一下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the SSB on the first downlink cell includes SSB 0 and SSB 1, and the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1, it can be determined based on the second mapping relationship that SSB 0 on the first downlink cell is associated with uplink resource 0, and SSB 1 is associated with uplink resource 1. The terminal device wants to request the network device to send a first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the first downlink cell, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell that has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还用于配置第一下行小区上的SSB。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is also used to configure the SSB on the first downlink cell.

在另一些实施例中,在未配置第一下行小区上的SSB的情况下,终端设备可以基于第一下行小区的系统消息确定第一下行小区上的SSB。In some other embodiments, when the SSB on the first downlink cell is not configured, the terminal device can determine the SSB on the first downlink cell based on the system message of the first downlink cell.

示例二、在第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同、且第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为:基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行小区上的SSB关联的索引。Example 2: When the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell and the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the second downlink cell, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: an index associated with the SSB on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.

也就是说,终端设备可以根据第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行小区上的SSB关联的索引,确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。That is to say, the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index of the SSB association on the second downlink cell associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.

示例性地,假设第二下行小区上的SSB包括SSB 0和SSB 1,第一上行资源集合包括上行资源0和上行资源1,基于第二映射关系可以确定第二下行小区上的SSB 0与上行资源0关联,SSB 1与上行资源1关联。终端设备想请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与第二下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系,因此可以选择上行资源1作为目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号。相应地,若网络设备通过上行资源1接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下 行小区上发送与第二下行小区上的SSB 1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the SSB on the second downlink cell includes SSB 0 and SSB 1, and the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1, it can be determined based on the second mapping relationship that SSB 0 on the second downlink cell is associated with uplink resource 0, and SSB 1 is associated with uplink resource 1. The first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can The first downlink channel or signal having a QCL relationship with SSB 1 on the second downlink cell is sent on the downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一下行小区和第二下行小区属于相同的TAG。In some embodiments, the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same TAG.

在一些实施例中,第一下行小区为终端设备的辅小区,第二下行小区为终端设备的主小区。In some embodiments, the first downlink cell is a secondary cell of the terminal device, and the second downlink cell is a primary cell of the terminal device.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还用于配置第二下行小区上的SSB。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is also used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell.

在另一些实施例中,在未配置第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,终端设备可以基于第二下行小区的系统消息来确定第二下行小区上的SSB。In some other embodiments, when the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the terminal device can determine the SSB on the second downlink cell based on the system message of the second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息包括第二下行小区的标识;或者,第一配置信息用于确定第一下行小区与第二下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes an identifier of the second downlink cell; or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.

示例三、在第二下行小区与第一下行小区相同、且第二下行信道或信号包括第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第一下行小区上的下行参考信号的情况下,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为:基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引。Example three: When the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell, and the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the first downlink cell configured with the first TCI state configuration information, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.

也就是说,终端设备可以根据第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引,确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。That is to say, the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号为SSB或CSI-RS。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal is SSB or CSI-RS.

示例性地,假设第一TCI状态配置信息包括TCI状态0和TCI状态1,第一上行资源集合包括上行资源0和上行资源1,基于第二映射关系可以确定第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态0与上行资源0关联,TCI状态1与上行资源1关联。终端设备想请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态1具有QCL关系,因此可以选择上行资源1作为目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号。相应地,若网络设备通过上行资源1接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送与TCI状态1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the first TCI state configuration information includes TCI state 0 and TCI state 1, and the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1, it can be determined based on the second mapping relationship that TCI state 0 configured by the first TCI state configuration information is associated with uplink resource 0, and TCI state 1 is associated with uplink resource 1. The first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 configured by the first TCI state configuration information, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 on the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息可以包括第一TCI状态配置信息。例如,第一配置信息可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态标识;或者,第一配置信息可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may include first TCI state configuration information. For example, the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI state identifiers; or the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI states.

在另一些实施例中,在未配置第一TCI状态配置信息的情况下,终端设备可以确定第二下行信道或信号为第一下行小区上的SSB。In other embodiments, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the terminal device can determine that the second downlink channel or signal is the SSB on the first downlink cell.

示例四、在第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同、且第二下行信道或信号包括第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号的情况下,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为:基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引。Example 4: When the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell and the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured with the first TCI state configuration information, the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is: an index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship.

也就是说,终端设备可以根据第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引,确定第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考。That is to say, the terminal device can determine the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal according to the index associated with the first TCI state configuration information associated with the target uplink resource determined by the second mapping relationship.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号为SSB或CSI-RS。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal is SSB or CSI-RS.

示例性地,假设第一TCI状态配置信息包括TCI状态0和TCI状态1,第一上行资源集合包括上行资源0和上行资源1,基于第二映射关系可以确定第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态0与上行资源0关联,TCI状态1与上行资源1关联。终端设备想请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送的第一下行信道或信号与第一TCI状态配置信息配置的TCI状态1具有QCL关系,因此可以选择上行资源1作为目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号。相应地,若网络设备通过上行资源1接收到第一上行信道或信号,则网络设备可以在第一下行小区上发送与TCI状态1具有QCL关系的第一下行信道或信号。Exemplarily, assuming that the first TCI state configuration information includes TCI state 0 and TCI state 1, and the first uplink resource set includes uplink resource 0 and uplink resource 1, it can be determined based on the second mapping relationship that TCI state 0 configured by the first TCI state configuration information is associated with uplink resource 0, and TCI state 1 is associated with uplink resource 1. The first downlink channel or signal that the terminal device wants to request the network device to send on the first downlink cell has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 configured by the first TCI state configuration information, so uplink resource 1 can be selected as the target uplink resource to send the first uplink channel or signal. Accordingly, if the network device receives the first uplink channel or signal through uplink resource 1, the network device can send the first downlink channel or signal that has a QCL relationship with TCI state 1 on the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一下行小区和第二下行小区属于相同的TAG。In some embodiments, the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same TAG.

在一些实施例中,第一下行小区为终端设备的辅小区,第二下行小区为终端设备的主小区。In some embodiments, the first downlink cell is a secondary cell of the terminal device, and the second downlink cell is a primary cell of the terminal device.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息可以包括第一TCI状态配置信息。例如,第一配置信息可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态标识;或者,第一配置信息可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may include first TCI state configuration information. For example, the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI state identifiers; or the first configuration information may include one or more first TCI states.

在另一些实施例中,在未配置第一TCI状态配置信息的情况下,终端设备可以确定第二下行信道或信号为第一下行小区上的SSB;或者,终端设备可以确定第二下行信道或信号为第二下行小区上的SSB。In other embodiments, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the terminal device can determine that the second downlink channel or signal is the SSB on the first downlink cell; or, the terminal device can determine that the second downlink channel or signal is the SSB on the second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息包括第二下行小区的标识;或者,第一配置信息用于确定第一下行小区与第二下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes an identifier of the second downlink cell; or, the first configuration information is used to determine an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.

(二)第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的映射关系(II) Mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的映射关系,可以包括:第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上 行资源在一个关联周期内的映射关系。In some embodiments, the mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may include: the mapping relationship between the index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set. The mapping relationship of row resources within an association cycle.

在一些实施例中,该一个关联周期的长度是网络设备配置的或预定义的。In some embodiments, the length of the one association period is configured or predefined by the network device.

在一些实施例中,该一个关联周期包括整数个第一周期,第一周期为第一上行资源集合的周期。In some embodiments, the one associated period includes an integer number of first periods, where the first period is a period of the first uplink resource set.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个SSB,在一个关联周期内,从SFN 0开始,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射;其中,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中有效的上行资源进行映射。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs. Within an association period, starting from SFN 0, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are mapped with valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个SSB,在一个关联周期内,从SFN 0开始,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射;其中,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中配置的上行资源进行映射。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs. Within an association period, starting from SFN 0, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more SSBs are mapped with the uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号,在一个关联周期内,从SFN 0开始,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射;其中,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中有效的上行资源进行映射。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on a second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information. Within an association period, starting from SFN 0, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are mapped with valid uplink resources in the first uplink resource set.

示例性地,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号,在一个关联周期内,从SFN 0开始,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引按照索引从小到大的顺序与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源顺序进行映射;其中,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中配置的上行资源进行映射。Exemplarily, the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on a second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information, and within an association period, starting from SFN 0, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are sequentially mapped with one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set in order from small to large; wherein, the indexes associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information are mapped with the uplink resources configured in the first uplink resource set.

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个SSB,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的映射关系可以是预定义的或者网络设备配置的。例如,该一个或多个SSB关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的映射关系可以是一对一的,或者是一对多的,或者是多对一的。In some embodiments, the second downlink channel or signal may include one or more SSBs, and the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more SSBs and the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be predefined or configured by the network device. For example, the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more SSBs and the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号可以包括一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的映射关系可以是预定义的或者网络设备配置的。例如,该一个或多个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的映射关系可以是一对一的,或者是一对多的,或者是多对一的。In some embodiments, the second downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on a second downlink cell configured with one or more first TCI state configuration information, and the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be predefined or configured by a network device. For example, the mapping relationship between the index associated with the one or more first TCI state configuration information and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set may be one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.

在一些实施例中,在确定一个SSB关联的索引或者一个第一TCI状态配置信息关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的多个上行资源进行映射的情况下,该多个上行资源用于重复传输第一上行信道或信号。In some embodiments, when an SSB-associated index or an index associated with a first TCI state configuration information is determined to be mapped to multiple uplink resources in a first uplink resource set, the multiple uplink resources are used to repeatedly transmit a first uplink channel or signal.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的排序为:在一个上行传输机会上如果有多个码域资源,则在码域上按照索引从小到大排序;在相同时域位置上如果频域有多个上行传输机会,则在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个第一周期内如果时域有多个上行传输机会,则在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个第一周期,则按照第一周期的索引从小到大排序。In some embodiments, one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set are sorted as follows: if there are multiple code domain resources in one uplink transmission opportunity, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index in the code domain; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple uplink transmission opportunities in the time domain within a first period, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple first periods within an associated period, they are sorted in ascending order according to the index of the first period.

示例性地,假设第一上行资源集合包括一个或多个PRACH资源,该一个或多个PRACH资源的排序为:在一个RO(PRACH传输机会)上按照PRACH序列索引从小到大排序;在相同时域位置上如果频域有多个RO,则在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;在PRACH资源配置周期(即第一周期)内如果时域上有多个RO,则在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个PRACH资源配置周期,则按照PRACH资源配置周期的索引从小到大排序。Exemplarily, assuming that the first uplink resource set includes one or more PRACH resources, the one or more PRACH resources are sorted as follows: sorted from small to large according to the PRACH sequence index on a RO (PRACH transmission opportunity); if there are multiple ROs in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are sorted from small to large according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple ROs in the time domain within a PRACH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), they are sorted from small to large according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple PRACH resource configuration periods within an associated period, they are sorted from small to large according to the index of the PRACH resource configuration period.

示例性地,第一上行资源集合包括一个或多个PUCCH资源,该一个或多个PUCCH资源的排序为:在一个PUCCH传输机会上按照PUCCH序列索引从小到大排序;在相同时域位置上如果频域有多个PUCCH传输机会,则在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;在PUCCH资源配置周期(即第一周期)内如果时域上有多个PUCCH传输机会,则在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个PUCCH资源配置周期,则按照PUCCH资源配置周期的索引从小到大排序。Exemplarily, the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUCCH resources, and the one or more PUCCH resources are ordered as follows: in one PUCCH transmission opportunity, they are ordered from small to large according to the PUCCH sequence index; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the frequency domain at the same time domain position, they are ordered from small to large according to the index in the frequency domain; if there are multiple PUCCH transmission opportunities in the time domain within the PUCCH resource configuration period (i.e., the first period), they are ordered from small to large according to the index in the time domain; if there are multiple PUCCH resource configuration periods within an associated period, they are ordered from small to large according to the index of the PUCCH resource configuration period.

示例性地,第一上行资源集合包括一个或多个PUSCH资源,该一个或多个PUSCH资源的排序为:在一个PUSCH传输机会上按照DMRS资源索引从小到大排序,其中,在按照DMRS资源索引从小到大排序时,在DMRS序列索引相同的情况下按照DMRS天线端口号从小到大排序;按照DMRS 序列索引从小到大排序;在PUSCH资源配置周期(即第一周期)内在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;在一个关联周期内如果有多个PUSCH资源配置周期,则按照PUSCH资源配置周期的索引从小到大排序。Exemplarily, the first uplink resource set includes one or more PUSCH resources, and the order of the one or more PUSCH resources is: in a PUSCH transmission opportunity, they are sorted from small to large according to the DMRS resource index, wherein when the DMRS resource index is sorted from small to large, they are sorted from small to large according to the DMRS antenna port number when the DMRS sequence index is the same; according to the DMRS The sequence index is sorted from small to large; within the PUSCH resource configuration period (ie, the first period), the sequence index is sorted from small to large in the time domain; if there are multiple PUSCH resource configuration periods in an associated period, the sequence index is sorted from small to large.

(三)第一配置信息用于配置请求多个下行小区发送下行信道或信号的上行资源(III) The first configuration information is used to configure uplink resources for requesting multiple downlink cells to send downlink channels or signals

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还用于配置第二上行资源,该第二上行资源可以包括第二上行资源集合;该第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源用于发送第二上行信道或信号,该第二上行信道或信号用于请求网络设备在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource, which may include a second uplink resource set; one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set are used to send a second uplink channel or signal, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.

在另一些实施例中,第一上行资源还可以包括第二上行资源集合;该第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源用于发送第二上行信道或信号,该第二上行信道或信号用于请求网络设备在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号。In some other embodiments, the first uplink resource may also include a second uplink resource set; one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set are used to send a second uplink channel or signal, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request the network device to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell.

应理解,终端设备请求网络设备在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号的方法与终端设备请求网络设备在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号的方法类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should be understood that the method in which the terminal device requests the network device to send the third downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell is similar to the method in which the terminal device requests the network device to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, and will not be repeated here.

还应理解,第三下行信道或信号的类型的确定方法与第一下行信道或信号的类型的确定方法类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should also be understood that the method for determining the type of the third downlink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first downlink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.

还应理解,第二上行信道或信号的类型的确定方法与第一上行信道或信号的类型的确定方法类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should also be understood that the method for determining the type of the second uplink channel or signal is similar to the method for determining the type of the first uplink channel or signal, and will not be described in detail herein.

在一些实施例中,第二上行资源集合关联第三下行小区。例如,第一配置信息可以包括第三下行小区的标识,和/或,第一配置信息可以用于确定第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the second uplink resource set is associated with a third downlink cell. For example, the first configuration information may include an identifier of the third downlink cell, and/or the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第二上行资源集合关联第三下行小区所属的小区组。例如,第一配置信息可以包括第三下行小区所属的小区组的标识;和/或,第一配置信息可以用于确定第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区所属的小区组中的每个下行小区的关联关系;和/或,第一配置信息可以用于确定第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区所属的小区组中的第三下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the second uplink resource set is associated with the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs. For example, the first configuration information may include an identifier of the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and each downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs; and/or, the first configuration information may be used to determine an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell in the cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs.

在一些实施例中,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第二下行信道或信号确定;或者,In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or,

第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考可以基于第三下行小区上的第四下行信道或信号确定。The QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal may be determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell.

也就是说,在一些情况中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考和第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考都是基于第二下行信道或信号确定。在另一些情况中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第四下行信道或信号确定。That is, in some cases, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal and the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal are both determined based on the second downstream channel or signal. In other cases, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on the second downstream channel or signal, and the QCL reference of the third downstream channel or signal is determined based on the fourth downstream channel or signal.

示例性地,第三下行小区与第二下行小区不同。Exemplarily, the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell.

示例性地,第三下行小区与第二下行小区不同且第三下行小区与第二下行小区属于同一小区组。Exemplarily, the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.

示例性地,第三下行小区与第二下行小区属于不同小区组。Exemplarily, the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to different cell groups.

进一步地,第四下行信道或信号可以包括第三下行小区上的SSB;或者,第四下行信道或信号可以包括第二TCI状态配置信息配置的第三下行小区上的下行参考信号。Further, the fourth downlink channel or signal may include an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal may include a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by the second TCI state configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息可以用于配置请求多个下行小区发送下行信道或信号的上行资源。In some embodiments, the first configuration information may be used to configure uplink resources for requesting multiple downlink cells to send downlink channels or signals.

需要说明的是,该多个下行小区上的下行信道或信号的QCL参考的映射顺序为:按小区索引从小到大排序。It should be noted that the mapping order of the QCL references of the downlink channels or signals on the multiple downlink cells is: sorted from small to large by cell index.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源可以是配置在上行小区上的上行资源。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource may be an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell.

其中,上行小区可以是终端设备的辅小区;或者,上行小区可以是终端设备的主小区。The uplink cell may be a secondary cell of the terminal device; or, the uplink cell may be a primary cell of the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,对于网络节能系统,在终端设备的辅载波上,网络设备可以不发送SSB,但为该辅载波配置用于请求网络设备发送SSB的上行资源。在该辅载波为终端设备用于获取TA值的定时参考小区时,终端设备可以通过该配置的上行资源请求网络设备在该辅载波上发送SSB,从而可以使得终端设备通过网络设备发送的SSB更新TA值,维护上行同步,提升网络通信性能。或者,在终端设备的下行服务小区上,网络设备可以不发送SSB,但在上行服务小区上配置用于请求网络设备为该下行服务小区发送SSB的上行资源。当终端设备有测量例如波束测量的需求时,终端设备可以通过该上行资源请求网络设备在该下行服务小区上发送SSB(即第一下行信道或信号),从而使得后续终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的SSB进行测量,以提升网络通信性能。In an embodiment of the present application, for a network energy-saving system, on the auxiliary carrier of a terminal device, the network device may not send an SSB, but an uplink resource for requesting the network device to send an SSB is configured for the auxiliary carrier. When the auxiliary carrier is a timing reference cell for the terminal device to obtain a TA value, the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB on the auxiliary carrier through the configured uplink resource, so that the terminal device can update the TA value through the SSB sent by the network device, maintain uplink synchronization, and improve network communication performance. Alternatively, on the downlink service cell of the terminal device, the network device may not send an SSB, but an uplink resource for requesting the network device to send an SSB for the downlink service cell is configured on the uplink service cell. When the terminal device has a measurement requirement such as a beam measurement, the terminal device can request the network device to send an SSB (i.e., a first downlink channel or signal) on the downlink service cell through the uplink resource, so that subsequent terminal devices can perform measurements through the SSB sent by the network device to improve network communication performance.

以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背 本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of the present application are described in detail above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the specific details in the above embodiments. Within the technical concept of the present application, the technical solution of the present application can be subjected to a variety of simple modifications, and these simple modifications all belong to the protection scope of the present application. For example, the various specific technical features described in the above specific embodiments can be combined in any suitable manner unless there is any contradiction. In order to avoid unnecessary repetition, the present application will not further explain the various possible combinations. For another example, the various different embodiments of the present application can also be combined arbitrarily, as long as they do not violate The ideas of this application shall also be regarded as the contents disclosed in this application. For another example, under the premise of no conflict, the various embodiments and/or technical features in each embodiment described in this application can be arbitrarily combined with the prior art, and the technical solutions obtained after the combination shall also fall within the protection scope of this application.

还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that in the various method embodiments of the present application, the size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.

图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置400的结构组成示意图,应用于终端设备,如图4所示,该通信装置400可以包括:FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 400 provided in an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a terminal device. As shown in FIG4 , the communication device 400 may include:

第一接收单元410,配置为接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;A first receiving unit 410 is configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;

第一发送单元420,配置为通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。The first sending unit 420 is configured to send a first uplink channel or signal through a target uplink resource in a first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的准共址QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,第二下行信道或信号为第二下行小区上的下行信道或信号;其中,第二下行小区与第一下行小区相同;或者,第二下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组;或者,第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同。In some embodiments, the quasi-co-site QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell; wherein the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell; or, the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group; or, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的同步信号块SSB;或者,第二下行信道或信号包括第一传输配置指示TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号。In some embodiments, the second downlink channel or signal includes a synchronization signal block SSB on the second downlink cell; or, the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first transmission configuration indication TCI state configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号包括SSB或者信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information includes an SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息包括第一TCI状态配置信息;或者,在未配置第一TCI状态配置信息的情况下,第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的SSB。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes first TCI state configuration information; or, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on a second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息用于配置第二下行小区上的SSB;或者,在未配置第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第二下行小区上的SSB基于第二下行小区的系统消息确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell is determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于以下一项或多项确定:In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following:

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;A first mapping relationship between an index associated with a first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set;

第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系;a second mapping relationship between an index associated with a second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set;

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系;a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal;

第一配置信息。First configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。In some embodiments, the indices of the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。In some embodiments, the indices associated with the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large indices.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的排序包括以下一项或多项:In some embodiments, the ordering of the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set includes one or more of the following:

在码域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort the code domain by index from small to large;

在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort by index in ascending order in the frequency domain;

在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;以及,Sort by index in ascending order in the time domain; and,

按照周期的索引从小到大排序。Sort the cycles by their index from small to large.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为基于第一映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的索引;或者,In some embodiments, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考是第一配置信息配置的。The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第二下行小区为主小区。In some embodiments, the second downlink cell is a primary cell.

在一些实施例中,在第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同的情况下,第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第二下行小区的标识、第二下行小区所属的小区组、第一下行小区与第二下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, when the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还用于配置第二上行资源,第二上行资源包括第二上行资源集合;第一发送单元420,还配置为通过第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源发送第二上行信道或信号,第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,第三下行小区与第一下行小区不同。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource, and the second uplink resource includes a second uplink resource set; the first sending unit 420 is also configured to send a second uplink channel or signal through one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源还包括第二上行资源集合;第一发送单元420,还配置为通过 第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源发送第二上行信道或信号,第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,第三下行小区与第一下行小区不同。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource also includes a second uplink resource set; the first sending unit 420 is further configured to One or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set send a second uplink channel or signal, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request sending a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第三下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组,或者,第三下行小区与第一下行小区属于不同的小区组。In some embodiments, the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.

在一些实施例中,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定;或者,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第三下行小区上的第四下行信道或信号确定;其中,第三下行小区与第二下行小区不同,第三下行小区与第二下行小区属于同一小区组。In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.

在一些实施例中,第四下行信道或信号包括第三下行小区上的SSB;或者,第四下行信道或信号包括第二TCI状态配置信息配置的第三下行小区上的下行参考信号。In some embodiments, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by the second TCI state configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第三下行小区的标识、第三下行小区所属的小区组、第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of a third downlink cell, a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第一下行小区的标识、第一下行小区所属的小区组、第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,在目标上行资源包括多个上行资源的情况下,目标上行资源中的多个上行资源用于重复发送第一上行信道或信号。In some embodiments, when the target uplink resource includes multiple uplink resources, the multiple uplink resources in the target uplink resource are used to repeatedly send the first uplink channel or signal.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:SSB、CSI-RS、跟踪参考信号TRS、定位参考信号PRS、系统消息。In some embodiments, the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, and system message.

在一些实施例中,第一上行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:物理随机接入信道PRACH、消息A MsgA、物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH、配置的授权物理上行共享信道CG-PUSCH。In some embodiments, the first uplink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a physical random access channel PRACH, a message A MsgA, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH, and a configured authorized physical uplink shared channel CG-PUSCH.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源为配置在上行小区上的上行资源;其中,上行小区为主小区;或者,上行小区为辅小区。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource is an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell; wherein the uplink cell is a primary cell; or, the uplink cell is a secondary cell.

本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,终端设备可以接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。如此,终端设备通过第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,能够使得网络设备获知终端设备需要在第一下行小区上接收第一下行信道或信号,从而提升网络通信性能。The embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, in which a terminal device can receive first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell. In this way, the terminal device sends the first uplink channel or signal through the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, which enables the network device to know that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell, thereby improving network communication performance.

本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述通信装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的通信方法的相关描述进行理解。Those skilled in the art should understand that the relevant description of the above-mentioned communication device in the embodiment of the present application can be understood by referring to the relevant description of the communication method in the embodiment of the present application.

图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置500的结构组成示意图,应用于网络设备,如图5所示,该通信装置500可以包括:FIG5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to a network device. As shown in FIG5 , the communication device 500 may include:

第二发送单元510,配置为发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源中包括第一上行资源集合;The second sending unit 510 is configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set;

处理单元520,配置为在第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。The processing unit 520 is configured to detect a first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第二发送单元510,配置为在第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源上检测到第一上行信道或信号的情况下,在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, the second sending unit 510 is configured to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell when the first uplink channel or signal is detected on the target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的准共址QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,第二下行信道或信号为第二下行小区上的下行信道或信号;其中,第二下行小区与第一下行小区相同;或者,第二下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组;或者,第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同。In some embodiments, the quasi-co-site QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell; wherein the second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell; or, the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group; or, the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的同步信号块SSB;或者,第二下行信道或信号包括第一传输配置指示TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号。In some embodiments, the second downlink channel or signal includes a synchronization signal block SSB on the second downlink cell; or, the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first transmission configuration indication TCI state configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一TCI状态配置信息配置的第二下行小区上的下行参考信号包括SSB或者信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。In some embodiments, the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information includes an SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息包括第一TCI状态配置信息;或者,在未配置第一TCI状态配置信息的情况下,第二下行信道或信号包括第二下行小区上的SSB。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes first TCI state configuration information; or, when the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on a second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息用于配置第二下行小区上的SSB;或者,在未配置第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,第二下行小区上的SSB基于第二下行小区的系统消息确定。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or, when the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell is determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于以下一项或多项确定:In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the first downstream channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following:

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;A first mapping relationship between an index associated with a first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in a first uplink resource set;

第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系;a second mapping relationship between an index associated with a second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set;

第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系; a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal;

第一配置信息。First configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。In some embodiments, the indices of the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.

在一些实施例中,第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。In some embodiments, the indices of the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的排序包括以下一项或多项:In some embodiments, the ordering of the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set includes one or more of the following:

在码域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort the code domain by index from small to large;

在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort by index in ascending order in the frequency domain;

在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;以及,Sort by index in ascending order in the time domain; and,

按照周期的索引从小到大排序。Sort the cycles by their index from small to large.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为基于第一映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的索引;或者,In some embodiments, the index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第二映射关系确定的与目标上行资源关联的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于第三映射关系确定的第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or,

第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考是第一配置信息配置的。The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第二下行小区为主小区。In some embodiments, the second downlink cell is a primary cell.

在一些实施例中,在第二下行小区与第一下行小区不同的情况下,第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第二下行小区的标识、第二下行小区所属的小区组、第一下行小区与第二下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, when the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息还用于配置第二上行资源,第二上行资源包括第二上行资源集合;处理单元520,还配置为在第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第二上行信道或信号,第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,第三下行小区与第一下行小区不同。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is also used to configure a second uplink resource, and the second uplink resource includes a second uplink resource set; the processing unit 520 is also configured to detect a second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源还包括第二上行资源集合;处理单元520,还配置为在第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第二上行信道或信号,第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,第三下行小区与第一下行小区不同。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource also includes a second uplink resource set; the processing unit 520 is further configured to detect a second uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, and the second uplink channel or signal is used to request to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第二发送单元510,还配置为在第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测到第二上行信道或信号的情况下,在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号。In some embodiments, the second sending unit 510 is further configured to send a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell when a second uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set.

在一些实施例中,第三下行小区与第一下行小区属于同一小区组,或者,第三下行小区与第一下行小区属于不同的小区组。In some embodiments, the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups.

在一些实施例中,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定;或者,第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于第三下行小区上的第四下行信道或信号确定;其中,第三下行小区与第二下行小区不同,第三下行小区与第二下行小区属于同一小区组。In some embodiments, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or, the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group.

在一些实施例中,第四下行信道或信号包括第三下行小区上的SSB;或者,第四下行信道或信号包括第二TCI状态配置信息配置的第三下行小区上的下行参考信号。In some embodiments, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by the second TCI state configuration information.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第三下行小区的标识、第三下行小区所属的小区组、第二上行资源集合与第三下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of a third downlink cell, a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:第一下行小区的标识、第一下行小区所属的小区组、第一上行资源集合与第一下行小区的关联关系。In some embodiments, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell.

在一些实施例中,第一下行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:SSB、CSI-RS、跟踪参考信号TRS、定位参考信号PRS、系统消息。In some embodiments, the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, and system message.

在一些实施例中,第一上行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:物理随机接入信道PRACH、消息A MsgA、物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH、配置的授权物理上行共享信道CG-PUSCH。In some embodiments, the first uplink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a physical random access channel PRACH, a message A MsgA, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH, and a configured authorized physical uplink shared channel CG-PUSCH.

在一些实施例中,第一上行资源为配置在上行小区上的上行资源;其中,上行小区为主小区;或者,上行小区为辅小区。In some embodiments, the first uplink resource is an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell; wherein the uplink cell is a primary cell; or, the uplink cell is a secondary cell.

本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,网络设备可以配置为发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,第一上行资源中包括第一上行资源集合;在第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号,第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。如此,网络设备通过在第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号,能够获知终端设备需要在第一下行小区上接收第一下行信道或信号,从而提升网络通信性能。 The embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, and the network device can be configured to send first configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure the first uplink resource, and the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; a first uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, and the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell. In this way, the network device can learn that the terminal device needs to receive the first downlink channel or signal on the first downlink cell by detecting the first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, thereby improving network communication performance.

本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述通信装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的通信方法的相关描述进行理解。Those skilled in the art should understand that the relevant description of the above-mentioned communication device in the embodiment of the present application can be understood by referring to the relevant description of the communication method in the embodiment of the present application.

图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的示意性结构图。该通信设备600可以是终端设备,也可以是网络设备。图6所示的通信设备600可以包括处理器610和存储器620,其中:FIG6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 may be a terminal device or a network device. The communication device 600 shown in FIG6 may include a processor 610 and a memory 620, wherein:

存储器620可以用于存储计算机可执行指令;The memory 620 may be used to store computer executable instructions;

处理器610,与存储器620连接,用于通过执行计算机可执行指令,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。The processor 610 is connected to the memory 620 and is used to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application by executing computer executable instructions.

存储器620可以是独立于处理器610的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器610中。The memory 620 may be a separate device from the processor 610 , or may be integrated into the processor 610 .

在一些实施例中,如图6所示,通信设备600还可以包括收发器630,处理器610可以控制该收发器630与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6 , the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630 , and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or to receive information or data sent by other devices.

其中,收发器630可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器630还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。The transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 630 may further include an antenna, and the number of the antennas may be one or more.

在一些实施例中,该通信设备600可以是本申请实施例的终端设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be a terminal device of an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, which will not be described in detail here for the sake of brevity.

在一些实施例中,该通信设备600可以是本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the communication device 600 may be a network device of an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, which will not be described in detail here for the sake of brevity.

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的示意性结构图。图7所示的芯片700包括处理器710和存储器720,其中:FIG7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided in an embodiment of the present application. The chip 700 shown in FIG7 includes a processor 710 and a memory 720, wherein:

处理器710可以从存储器720中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片的设备执行本申请实施例中的方法。The processor 710 can call and run a computer program from the memory 720, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method in the embodiment of the present application.

其中,存储器720可以是独立于处理器710的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器710中。The memory 720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated into the processor 710 .

在一些实施例中,该芯片700还可以包括输入接口730。其中,处理器710可以控制该输入接口730与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments, the chip 700 may further include an input interface 730. The processor 710 may control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.

在一些实施例中,该芯片700还可以包括输出接口740。其中,处理器710可以控制该输出接口740与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。In some embodiments, the chip 700 may further include an output interface 740. The processor 710 may control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, and specifically, may output information or data to other devices or chips.

在一些实施例中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a system-level chip, a system chip, a chip system or a system-on-chip chip, etc.

图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。如图8所示,该通信系统800包括终端设备810和网络设备820。FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG8 , the communication system 800 includes a terminal device 810 and a network device 820 .

其中,该终端设备810可以用于实现上述方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备820可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Among them, the terminal device 810 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 820 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor of the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed by the hardware integrated logic circuit in the processor or the instruction in the form of software. The above processor can be a general processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can also be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware decoding processor to execute, or the hardware and software modules in the decoding processor can be executed. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是 限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example but not limitation, As a limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous DRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct RAM bus DRAM (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above-mentioned memory is exemplary but not restrictive. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is to say, the memory in the embodiment of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被至少一个处理器执行时实现本申请实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed by at least one processor, the method in the embodiment of the present application is implemented.

在一些实施例中,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括能够由至少一个处理器执行的指令,当该指令由至少一个处理器执行时实现本申请实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium storing a computer program, the computer program including instructions that can be executed by at least one processor, and when the instructions are executed by at least one processor, the method in the embodiment of the present application is implemented.

在一些实施例中,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program product can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions enable the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions enable the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, which enables a computer to execute the method in the embodiment of the present application.

在一些实施例中,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program runs on the computer, the computer executes the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the aforementioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。此外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据 实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., they may be located in one place or distributed over multiple network units. It is actually necessary to select some or all of the units to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or partly embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the prior art. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any technician familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (56)

一种通信方法,所述方法包括:A communication method, the method comprising: 接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;receiving first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; 通过所述第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,所述第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。A first uplink channel or signal is sent through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号的准共址QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,所述第二下行信道或信号为第二下行小区上的下行信道或信号;The method according to claim 1, wherein the quasi-co-site QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on a second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell; 其中,所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区相同;或者,所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区属于同一小区组;或者,所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同。The second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell; or the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group; or the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第二下行信道或信号包括所述第二下行小区上的同步信号块SSB;或者,所述第二下行信道或信号包括第一传输配置指示TCI状态配置信息配置的所述第二下行小区上的下行参考信号。The method according to claim 2, wherein the second downlink channel or signal includes a synchronization signal block SSB on the second downlink cell; or, the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first transmission configuration indication TCI state configuration information. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一TCI状态配置信息配置的所述第二下行小区上的下行参考信号包括SSB或者信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The method according to claim 3, wherein the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information includes an SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息包括所述第一TCI状态配置信息;或者,The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the first configuration information includes the first TCI state configuration information; or 在未配置所述第一TCI状态配置信息的情况下,所述第二下行信道或信号包括所述第二下行小区上的SSB。When the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the second downlink cell. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第二下行小区上的SSB;或者,The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or 在未配置所述第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,所述第二下行小区上的SSB基于所述第二下行小区的系统消息确定。When the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell is determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于以下一项或多项确定:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following: 所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;A first mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; 所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系;a second mapping relationship between an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; 所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系;a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal; 所述第一配置信息。The first configuration information. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。The method according to claim 7, wherein the indexes associated with the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其中,所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the indexes associated with the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large. 根据权利要求7至9中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的排序包括以下一项或多项:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein the order of the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set comprises one or more of the following: 在码域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort the code domain by index from small to large; 在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort by index in ascending order in the frequency domain; 在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;以及,Sort by index in ascending order in the time domain; and, 按照周期的索引从小到大排序。Sort the cycles by their index from small to large. 根据权利要求7至10中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10, wherein 所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为基于所述第一映射关系确定的与所述目标上行资源关联的索引;或者,The index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or, 所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于所述第二映射关系确定的与所述目标上行资源关联的所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or, 所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于所述第三映射关系确定的所述第二下行信道或 信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is the QCL reference of the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship. the index to which the signal is associated; or, 所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考是所述第一配置信息配置的。The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information. 根据权利要求2至11中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二下行小区为主小区。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 11, wherein the second downlink cell is a primary cell. 根据权利要求2至12中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同的情况下,所述第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第二下行小区的标识、所述第二下行小区所属的小区组、所述第一下行小区与所述第二下行小区的关联关系。According to the method described in any one of claims 2 to 12, wherein, when the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell. 根据权利要求2至13中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息还用于配置第二上行资源,所述第二上行资源包括第二上行资源集合;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 13, wherein the first configuration information is further used to configure a second uplink resource, and the second uplink resource includes a second uplink resource set; the method further includes: 通过所述第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源发送第二上行信道或信号,所述第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同。A second uplink channel or signal is sent via one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, wherein the second uplink channel or signal is used to request sending a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求2至13中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行资源还包括第二上行资源集合;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 13, wherein the first uplink resource further includes a second uplink resource set; the method further includes: 通过所述第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源发送第二上行信道或信号,所述第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同。A second uplink channel or signal is sent via one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, wherein the second uplink channel or signal is used to request sending a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区属于同一小区组,或者,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区属于不同的小区组。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups. 根据权利要求14至16中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于所述第二下行信道或信号确定;或者,The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or 所述第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于所述第三下行小区上的第四下行信道或信号确定;The QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell; 其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第二下行小区不同,所述第三下行小区与所述第二下行小区属于同一小区组。The third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述第四下行信道或信号包括所述第三下行小区上的SSB;或者,所述第四下行信道或信号包括第二TCI状态配置信息配置的所述第三下行小区上的下行参考信号。The method according to claim 17, wherein the fourth downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by second TCI state configuration information. 根据权利要求14至18中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第三下行小区的标识、所述第三下行小区所属的小区组、所述第二上行资源集合与所述第三下行小区的关联关系。According to the method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the third downlink cell, a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell. 根据权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一下行小区的标识、所述第一下行小区所属的小区组、所述第一上行资源集合与所述第一下行小区的关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述目标上行资源包括多个上行资源的情况下,所述目标上行资源中的多个上行资源用于重复发送所述第一上行信道或信号。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein, in the case where the target uplink resource includes multiple uplink resources, the multiple uplink resources in the target uplink resource are used to repeatedly send the first uplink channel or signal. 根据权利要求1至21中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:SSB、CSI-RS、跟踪参考信号TRS、定位参考信号PRS、系统消息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, and system message. 根据权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:物理随机接入信道PRACH、消息A MsgA、物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH、配置的授权物理上行共享信道CG-PUSCH。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the first uplink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a physical random access channel PRACH, a message A MsgA, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH, and a configured authorized physical uplink shared channel CG-PUSCH. 根据权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行资源为配置在上行小区上的上行资源;其中,所述上行小区为主小区;或者,所述上行小区为辅小区。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the first uplink resource is an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell; wherein the uplink cell is a primary cell; or, the uplink cell is a secondary cell. 一种通信方法,所述方法包括:A communication method, the method comprising: 发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源中包括第一上行资源集合;Sending first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; 在所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号,所述第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。A first uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request that the first downlink channel or signal be sent on a first downlink cell. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源上检测到所述第一上行信道或信号的情况下,在所述第一下行小区上发送所述第一下行信道或信号。In a case where the first uplink channel or signal is detected on a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, the first downlink channel or signal is sent on the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号的准共址QCL参考基于第二下行信道或信号确定,所述第二下行信道或信号为第二下行小区上的下行信道或信号; The method according to claim 26, wherein the quasi-co-site QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on a second downlink channel or signal, and the second downlink channel or signal is a downlink channel or signal on a second downlink cell; 其中,所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区相同;或者,所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区属于同一小区组;或者,所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同。The second downlink cell is the same as the first downlink cell; or the second downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group; or the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其中,所述第二下行信道或信号包括所述第二下行小区上的同步信号块SSB;或者,所述第二下行信道或信号包括第一传输配置指示TCI状态配置信息配置的所述第二下行小区上的下行参考信号。The method according to claim 27, wherein the second downlink channel or signal includes a synchronization signal block SSB on the second downlink cell; or, the second downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first transmission configuration indication TCI state configuration information. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述第一TCI状态配置信息配置的所述第二下行小区上的下行参考信号包括SSB或者信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS。The method according to claim 28, wherein the downlink reference signal on the second downlink cell configured by the first TCI state configuration information includes an SSB or a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息包括所述第一TCI状态配置信息;或者,The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the first configuration information includes the first TCI state configuration information; or 在未配置所述第一TCI状态配置信息的情况下,所述第二下行信道或信号包括所述第二下行小区上的SSB。When the first TCI state configuration information is not configured, the second downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the second downlink cell. 根据权利要求28至30中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第二下行小区上的SSB;或者,The method according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the first configuration information is used to configure the SSB on the second downlink cell; or 在未配置所述第二下行小区上的SSB的情况下,所述第二下行小区上的SSB基于所述第二下行小区的系统消息确定。When the SSB on the second downlink cell is not configured, the SSB on the second downlink cell is determined based on a system message of the second downlink cell. 根据权利要求27至31中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于以下一项或多项确定:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 31, wherein the QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is determined based on one or more of the following: 所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第一映射关系;A first mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; 所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引与所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的第二映射关系;a second mapping relationship between an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal and one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set; 所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引与所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引的第三映射关系;a third mapping relationship between an index associated with the first downlink channel or signal and an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal; 所述第一配置信息。The first configuration information. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。The method according to claim 32, wherein the indexes associated with the first downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法,其中,所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引按照索引从小到大排序。The method according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the indexes associated with the second downlink channels or signals are sorted from small to large. 根据权利要求32至34中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源的排序包括以下一项或多项:The method according to any one of claims 32 to 34, wherein the ordering of the one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set comprises one or more of the following: 在码域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort the code domain in ascending order by index; 在频域上按照索引从小到大排序;Sort by index in ascending order in the frequency domain; 在时域上按照索引从小到大排序;以及,Sort by index in ascending order in the time domain; and, 按照周期的索引从小到大排序。Sort the cycles by their index from small to large. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein 所述第一下行信道或信号关联的索引为基于所述第一映射关系确定的与所述目标上行资源关联的索引;或者,The index associated with the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the first mapping relationship; or, 所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于所述第二映射关系确定的与所述目标上行资源关联的所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal associated with the target uplink resource determined based on the second mapping relationship; or, 所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考为基于所述第三映射关系确定的所述第二下行信道或信号关联的索引;或者,The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is an index associated with the second downlink channel or signal determined based on the third mapping relationship; or, 所述第一下行信道或信号的QCL参考是所述第一配置信息配置的。The QCL reference of the first downlink channel or signal is configured by the first configuration information. 根据权利要求27至36中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二下行小区为主小区。The method according to any one of claims 27 to 36, wherein the second downlink cell is a primary cell. 根据权利要求27至37中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第二下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同的情况下,所述第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第二下行小区的标识、所述第二下行小区所属的小区组、所述第一下行小区与所述第二下行小区的关联关系。According to the method described in any one of claims 27 to 37, wherein, when the second downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the second downlink cell, a cell group to which the second downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first downlink cell and the second downlink cell. 根据权利要求27至38中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息还用于配置第二上行资源,所述第二上行资源包括第二上行资源集合;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 38, wherein the first configuration information is further used to configure a second uplink resource, and the second uplink resource includes a second uplink resource set; the method further includes: 在所述第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第二上行信道或信号,所述第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同。 A second uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, where the second uplink channel or signal is used to request sending a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求27至38中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行资源还包括第二上行资源集合;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 38, wherein the first uplink resource further includes a second uplink resource set; the method further includes: 在所述第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第二上行信道或信号,所述第二上行信道或信号用于请求在第三下行小区上发送第三下行信道或信号;其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区不同。A second uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, where the second uplink channel or signal is used to request sending a third downlink channel or signal on a third downlink cell; wherein the third downlink cell is different from the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述第二上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测到所述第二上行信道或信号的情况下,在所述第三下行小区上发送所述第三下行信道或信号。In a case where the second uplink channel or signal is detected on one or more uplink resources in the second uplink resource set, the third downlink channel or signal is sent on the third downlink cell. 根据权利要求39至41中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区属于同一小区组,或者,所述第三下行小区与所述第一下行小区属于不同的小区组。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to the same cell group, or the third downlink cell and the first downlink cell belong to different cell groups. 根据权利要求39至42中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于所述第二下行信道或信号确定;或者,The method according to any one of claims 39 to 42, wherein the QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on the second downlink channel or signal; or 所述第三下行信道或信号的QCL参考基于所述第三下行小区上的第四下行信道或信号确定;The QCL reference of the third downlink channel or signal is determined based on a fourth downlink channel or signal on the third downlink cell; 其中,所述第三下行小区与所述第二下行小区不同,所述第三下行小区与所述第二下行小区属于同一小区组。The third downlink cell is different from the second downlink cell, and the third downlink cell and the second downlink cell belong to the same cell group. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其中,所述第四下行信道或信号包括所述第三下行小区上的SSB;或者,所述第四下行信道或信号包括第二TCI状态配置信息配置的所述第三下行小区上的下行参考信号。The method according to claim 43, wherein the fourth downlink channel or signal includes an SSB on the third downlink cell; or, the fourth downlink channel or signal includes a downlink reference signal on the third downlink cell configured by second TCI state configuration information. 根据权利要求39至44中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第三下行小区的标识、所述第三下行小区所属的小区组、所述第二上行资源集合与所述第三下行小区的关联关系。According to the method described in any one of claims 39 to 44, the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the third downlink cell, a cell group to which the third downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the second uplink resource set and the third downlink cell. 根据权利要求25至45中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息用于确定以下信息中的一种或多种:所述第一下行小区的标识、所述第一下行小区所属的小区组、所述第一上行资源集合与所述第一下行小区的关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 45, wherein the first configuration information is used to determine one or more of the following information: an identifier of the first downlink cell, a cell group to which the first downlink cell belongs, and an association relationship between the first uplink resource set and the first downlink cell. 根据权利要求25至46中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:SSB、CSI-RS、跟踪参考信号TRS、定位参考信号PRS、系统消息。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 46, wherein the first downlink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: SSB, CSI-RS, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, and system message. 根据权利要求25至47中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行信道或信号包括以下一种或多种:物理随机接入信道PRACH、消息A MsgA、物理上行链路控制信道PUCCH、配置的授权物理上行共享信道CG-PUSCH。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 47, wherein the first uplink channel or signal includes one or more of the following: a physical random access channel PRACH, a message A MsgA, a physical uplink control channel PUCCH, and a configured authorized physical uplink shared channel CG-PUSCH. 根据权利要求25至48中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一上行资源为配置在上行小区上的上行资源;其中,所述上行小区为主小区;或者,所述上行小区为辅小区。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 48, wherein the first uplink resource is an uplink resource configured on an uplink cell; wherein the uplink cell is a primary cell; or, the uplink cell is a secondary cell. 一种通信装置,应用于终端设备,所述装置包括:A communication device, applied to a terminal device, comprising: 第一接收单元,配置为接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源包括第一上行资源集合;A first receiving unit, configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; 第一发送单元,配置为通过所述第一上行资源集合中的目标上行资源发送第一上行信道或信号,所述第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。The first sending unit is configured to send a first uplink channel or signal through a target uplink resource in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell. 一种通信装置,应用于网络设备,所述装置包括:A communication device, applied to a network device, comprising: 第二发送单元,配置为发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置第一上行资源,所述第一上行资源中包括第一上行资源集合;A second sending unit, configured to send first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first uplink resource, where the first uplink resource includes a first uplink resource set; 处理单元,配置为在所述第一上行资源集合中的一个或多个上行资源上检测第一上行信道或信号,所述第一上行信道或信号用于请求在第一下行小区上发送第一下行信道或信号。The processing unit is configured to detect a first uplink channel or signal on one or more uplink resources in the first uplink resource set, where the first uplink channel or signal is used to request to send the first downlink channel or signal on a first downlink cell. 一种通信设备,包括:A communication device, comprising: 存储器,用于存储计算机可执行指令;A memory for storing computer executable instructions; 处理器,与所述存储器连接,用于通过执行所述计算机可执行指令,实现权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法;或者,实现权利要求25至49中任一项所述的方法。A processor, connected to the memory, configured to implement the method of any one of claims 1 to 24 by executing the computer executable instructions; or, to implement the method of any one of claims 25 to 49. 一种芯片,所述芯片包括:A chip, comprising: 处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法,或者,执行如权利要求25至49中任一项所述的方法。A processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes a method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 24, or executes a method as claimed in any one of claims 25 to 49. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被至少一个处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法,或者,实现如权利要求25至49中任一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program, when executed by at least one processor, implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, or implements the method according to any one of claims 25 to 49. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括能够由至少一个处理器执行的指令,当所述指令由所述至少一个处理器执行时实现权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法,或者,实现如权利要求25至49中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, comprising a computer storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program comprises instructions executable by at least one processor, and when the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 24 is implemented, or the method according to any one of claims 25 to 49 is implemented. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法,或者,实现如权利要求25至49中任一项所述的方法。 A computer program, wherein the computer program enables a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, or implement the method according to any one of claims 25 to 49.
PCT/CN2023/136776 2023-12-06 2023-12-06 Communication method, apparatus, and device, chip, storage medium, product, and program Pending WO2025118184A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/136776 WO2025118184A1 (en) 2023-12-06 2023-12-06 Communication method, apparatus, and device, chip, storage medium, product, and program

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/136776 WO2025118184A1 (en) 2023-12-06 2023-12-06 Communication method, apparatus, and device, chip, storage medium, product, and program

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025118184A1 true WO2025118184A1 (en) 2025-06-12

Family

ID=95981357

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/136776 Pending WO2025118184A1 (en) 2023-12-06 2023-12-06 Communication method, apparatus, and device, chip, storage medium, product, and program

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025118184A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023048634A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2023-03-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network energy saving
US20230337033A1 (en) * 2022-04-14 2023-10-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Secondary cell discovery in energy saving network

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023048634A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2023-03-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network energy saving
US20230337033A1 (en) * 2022-04-14 2023-10-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Secondary cell discovery in energy saving network

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI: "Report of [POST119-e][313][NES] Details of solutions (Huawei)", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2210417, vol. RAN WG2, 30 September 2022 (2022-09-30), pages 1 - 76, XP052263736 *
PATRICK MERIAS, MODERATOR (INTEL CORPORATION): "Discussion Summary #4 for energy saving techniques of NW energy saving SI", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2212780; TYPE DISCUSSION; FS_NETW_ENERGY_NR, vol. RAN WG1, 21 November 2022 (2022-11-21), Toulouse, FR, pages 1 - 219, XP052223324 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12137398B2 (en) Feedback channel sending method and apparatus, and feedback channel receiving method and apparatus
US20220338183A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Initial Access Configuration Information
CN109041039A (en) The user equipment and its method that equipment is communicated for equipment
CN108990038A (en) Device-to-device (D2D) discovery of operator's auxiliary
WO2021017773A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting channel state information
US12279111B2 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network element
EP4199573B1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
TW201943300A (en) A method, a network device, and a terminal device for transmitting a signal
US20250125996A1 (en) Reference signal indication method and apparatus
WO2020147087A1 (en) System message processing method and device
US10375179B2 (en) Pre-association service discovery
WO2023125223A1 (en) Downlink transmission method and apparatus
US20200413415A1 (en) Method and Device for Signal Transmission
US20240380516A1 (en) Enhanced Ranging Techniques in 802.11
WO2025118184A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and device, chip, storage medium, product, and program
WO2024032120A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024066909A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
CN116095860A (en) A communication method and device
WO2022082767A1 (en) Communication method and related device
JP7666633B2 (en) Beam hazard recovery method and apparatus
US20240048216A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20250056246A1 (en) Cell beam indication method and related device therefor
WO2025025009A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2018121220A1 (en) System information transmission method, user terminal, and transmission node
WO2024120176A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23960497

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1